FABRI CENTERS OF AMERICA INC
S-8, 1996-09-09
MISCELLANEOUS SHOPPING GOODS STORES
Previous: FABRI CENTERS OF AMERICA INC, 11-K, 1996-09-09
Next: FALCON PRODUCTS INC /DE/, 10-Q, 1996-09-09



<PAGE>   1
   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 1996
                                                           Registration No. 333-
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              --------------------

                                    FORM S-8

                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                         FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                            ------------------------

             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

            Ohio                                          34-0720629
- -------------------------------                         -------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                         (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                          Identification No.)

                      5555 Darrow Road, Hudson, Ohio 44236
                      ------------------------------------
               (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

                   Employees' Savings and Profit-Sharing Plan
                   ------------------------------------------
                             (Full title of the plan )

                       Betty Rosskamm, Corporate Secretary
                      5555 Darrow Road, Hudson, Ohio 44236
                      ------------------------------------
                     (Name and address of agent for service)

                                 (216) 656-2600
                                 --------------
          (Telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
===================================================================================================================================
                                                                PROPOSED                PROPOSED
                                                                 MAXIMUM                 MAXIMUM
            TITLE OF SECURITIES        AMOUNT TO BE            OFFERING PRICE           AGGREGATE                 AMOUNT OF
            TO BE REGISTERED (1)        REGISTERED          PER SHARE (2) (3)        OFFERING PRICE           REGISTRATION FEE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                          <C>                   <C>                        <C>            
Class A Common Shares              450,000 shares               $ 13.50               $ 6,075,000                $ 2,094.83
Class B Common Shares              450,000 shares               $ 13.125              $ 5,906,250                $ 2,036.64
===================================================================================================================================
<FN>

(1)   Pursuant to Rule 416 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
      "Securities Act"), this Registration Statement also covers an
      indeterminate amount of interests to be offered or sold pursuant to the
      Plan described herein.

 (2)  Estimated pursuant to paragraphs (c) and (h) of Rule 457 under the
      Securities Act, on the basis of the average of the high and low sale
      prices for Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares on the New York
      Stock Exchange - Composite Transactions Tape on Friday, August 30, 1996
      and Tuesday, September 3, 1996, respectively.

 (3)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   2




                                     PART II
               INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Item 3.  Incorporation of Documents by Reference.
- -------  ----------------------------------------

The following documents filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange
Commission are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof:

          a)   The Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
               ended January 27, 1996;

          b)   The Plan's Annual Report on Form 11-K for the Plan year ended
               December 31, 1995;

          c)   The Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal
               quarter ended April 27, 1996;

          d)   The descriptions of the Registrant's Class A Common Shares and
               Class B Common Shares and rights to purchase Class A Common
               Shares and Class B Common Shares under certain circumstances are
               contained in the Registrant's Registration Statements filed with
               the Commission pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange
               Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), including any
               amendment or report filed for the purpose of updating that
               description; and

All documents hereafter filed by the Registrant with the Commission pursuant to
Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from the date hereof and
prior to the termination of the issuance of securities registered hereby shall
be deemed to be incorporated by reference herein and to be part hereof from the
date of filing of such documents.

Item 4.  Description of Securities.
- -------  --------------------------

           Not applicable.

Item 5.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.
- -------  ---------------------------------------

           Not applicable.

Item 6.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
- -------  ------------------------------------------

                  Article V of the Company's Amended Regulations provides as
follows:


                                       -2-

<PAGE>   3



                                 INDEMNIFICATION

                  SECTION 1. THIRD PARTY ACTIONS. The Registrant shall indemnify
any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action or suit by or
in the right of the Registrant), by reason of the fact that he is or was a
director, officer, employee, or agent of the Registrant, or is or was serving at
the request of the Registrant as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other
enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
with the action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Registrant and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any
action, suit, or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or
upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Registrant or that, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

                  SECTION 2. DERIVATIVE ACTIONS. The Registrant shall indemnify
any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the
Registrant to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is
or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Registrant, or is or was
serving at the request of the Registrant as a director, trustee, officer,
employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or
other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the
action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant, except that no
indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to
which that person shall have been finally adjudged to be liable for negligence
or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Registrant unless and only
to the extent that the Court of Common Pleas or the court in which such action
or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the
adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, that
person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the
Court of Common Pleas or the other court shall deem proper.

                  SECTION 3. RIGHTS AFTER SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE. To the extent that
a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent has been successful on the
merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in
Section 1 or Section 2, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, he
shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>   4




                  SECTION 4. OTHER DETERMINATION OF RIGHTS. Except in a
situation governed by Section 3, any indemnification under Section 1 or Section
2 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Registrant only as authorized
in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director,
trustee, officer, employee, or agent is proper in the circumstances because he
has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2.
The determination shall be made (a) by a majority vote, at a meeting of
directors, of those directors who constitute a quorum and who were not and are
not parties to or threatened with any such action, suit, or proceeding or (b),
if such a quorum is not obtainable (or even if obtainable) and a majority of
disinterested directors so directs, in a written opinion by independent legal
counsel (compensated by the Registrant) or (c) by the affirmative vote in person
or by proxy of the holders of record of a majority of the shares held by persons
who were not and are not parties to or threatened with any such action, suit, or
proceeding and entitled to vote in the election of directors, without regard to
voting power which may thereafter exist upon a default, failure, or other
contingency or (d) by the Court of Common Pleas or the court in which such
action, suit, or proceeding was brought.

                  SECTION 5. ADVANCES OF EXPENSES. Expenses (including
attorneys' fees) incurred in defending any action, suit, or proceeding referred
to in Section 1 or Section 2 may be paid by the Registrant in advance of final
disposition of the action, suit, or proceeding, as authorized by the Board of
Directors in the specific case, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf
of the director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent to repay the amount unless
it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the
Registrant.

                  SECTION 6. PURCHASE OF INSURANCE. The Registrant may purchase
and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director,
officer, employee, or agent of the Registrant, or is or was serving at the
request of the Registrant as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise,
against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any capacity,
or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Registrant would have
the power to indemnify him against liability under the provisions of this
Article or of the Ohio General Corporation Law.

                  SECTION 7. MERGERS. In the case of a merger into this
Registrant of a constituent corporation which, if its separate existence had
continued, would have been required to indemnify directors, trustees, officers,
employees, or agents in specified situations, any person who served as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of the constituent corporation, or served
at the request of the constituent corporation as a director, trustee, officer,
employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or
other enterprise, shall be entitled to indemnification by this Registrant (as
the surviving corporation) to the same extent he would have been entitled to
indemnification by the constituent corporation if its separate existence had
continued.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>   5




                  SECTION 8. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; HEIRS. The indemnification
provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to
which a person seeking indemnification may be entitled as a matter of law or
under the Articles of Incorporation, these Regulations, any agreement, vote of
shareholders or disinterested directors, any insurance purchased by the
Registrant, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to
action in another capacity while holding an office, and shall continue as to a
person who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent and
shall inure to the benefits of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such
a person.

The Registrant maintains liability insurance for all of its Directors and
Officers ("D&O Insurance"). The D&O Insurance also insures the Registrant
against amounts payable to indemnify Directors and Officers, subject to policy
limits and retention amounts.

Item 7.  Exemption From Registration Claimed.
- -------  ------------------------------------

                  Not applicable.

Item 8.  Exhibits.
- -------  ---------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit
Number                     Description
- ------                     -----------
<S>                      <C>  

4.1                        Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. Employees' Savings and Profit-
                           Sharing Plan

23.1                       Consent of Independent Public Accountants

24.1                       Powers of Attorney
</TABLE>

Item 9.  Undertakings.
- -------  -------------

         (a)      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

                  (1)      To file, during any period in which offers or sales
                           are being made, a post-effective amendment to this
                           Registration Statement:

                           (i)     To include any prospectus required by Section
                                   10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;


                                       -5-

<PAGE>   6



                    (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
                         arising after the effective date of the Registration
                         Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment
                         thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
                         represent a fundamental change in the information set
                         forth in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding
                         the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of
                         securities offered (if the total dollar value of
                         securities offered would not exceed that which was
                         registered) and any deviation from the low or high and
                         of the estimated offering range may be reflected in the
                         form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant
                         to the Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in
                         volume and price represent no more than 20 percent
                         change in the maximum aggregate offering price set
                         forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in
                         the effective registration statement;

                    (iii) To include any material information with respect to
                         the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in
                         the Registration Statement or any material change to
                         such information in the Registration Statement;

               provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of
               this section do not apply if the registration statement is on
               Form S-3, Form S-8 or Form F-3, and the information required to
               be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is
               contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the
               Commission by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
               the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by
               reference in the Registration Statement.

          (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
               Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall
               be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
               securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
               at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
               thereof.

          (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
               amendment any of the securities being registered which remain
               unsold at the termination of the offering.

     (b)  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
          determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each
          filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or
          15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable,
          each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to
          Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is
          incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement shall be
          deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
          offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
          shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                       -6-

<PAGE>   7




     (c)  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, insofar as
          indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
          1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons
          of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
          the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
          and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
          as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
          that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
          the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a
          director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
          successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by
          such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
          securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the
          opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
          precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question
          whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
          expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
          such issue.

     (d)  The undersigned Registrant has submitted and hereby undertakes to
          continue to submit the Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. Employees'
          Savings and Profit-Sharing Plan and any amendment thereto (the "Plan")
          to the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") in a timely manner and has
          made and will continue to make all changes required by the IRS in
          order to continue the qualification of the Plan.

                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Hudson, State of Ohio, on September 9, 1996.

                                               FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                                               By:  /s/ Alan Rosskamm
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                   Alan Rosskamm, President
                                                     and Chief Executive Officer

                                       -7-

<PAGE>   8




Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
date indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      Signature                                              Title                                   Date
      ---------                                              -----                                   ----
<S>                                           <C>                                         <C>   
 
/s/ Alan Rosskamm                                  Chairman of the Board and
- ---------------------------                          Director (Chief Executive                                  
Alan Rosskamm                                        Officer)                                September 9, 1996 
                                                                                                               
                                                                                                       
/s/ Robert R. Gerber*                              Senior Vice President                               
- ---------------------------                          (Chief Accounting Officer)              September 9, 1996 
Robert R. Gerber                                                                                              
                                                                                                       
                                                                                                       
/s/ Betty Rosskamm*                                Director                                            
- ---------------------------                                                                            
Betty Rosskamm                                                                               September 9, 1996 
                                                                                                       
/s/ Alma Zimmerman*                                Director                                            
- ---------------------------                                                                            
Alma Zimmerman                                                                               September 9, 1996 
                                                                                                       
                                                                                                       
/s/ Scott Cowen*                                   Director                                            
- ---------------------------                                                                            
Scott Cowen                                                                                  September 9, 1996 
                                                                                                       
                                                                                                       
/s/ Ira Gumberg*                                   Director                                            
- ---------------------------                                                                            
Ira Gumberg                                                                                  September 9, 1996 
                                                                                                       
                                                                                                       
/s/ Samuel Krasney*                                Director                                            
- ---------------------------                                                                            
Samuel Krasney                                                                               September 9, 1996 
                                                                                                       
/s/ Frank Newman*                                  Director                                            
- ---------------------------                                                                            
Frank Newman                                                                                 September 9, 1996 
                                                                                                       
                                                                                                       
/s/ Gregg Searle*                                  Director                                            
- ---------------------------                                                                            
Gregg Searle                                                                                 September 9, 1996 
</TABLE>



The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, executes this Registration
Statement pursuant to powers of attorney executed by the above-named directors
and officers of the Registrant and filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission as Exhibit 24.1 hereto.


                                       -8-

<PAGE>   9



                                      *By:  /s/ Alan Rosskamm
                                          -----------------------------
                                          Alan Rosskamm, Attorney-in-fact

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the trustee has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cleveland, State of Ohio,
on September 9, 1996.

                                      FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. EMPLOYEES'
                                      SAVINGS AND PROFIT-SHARING PLAN


                                      By:  /s/ Roberta D. Roth
                                          -----------------------------
                                           Roberta D. Roth
                                           Vice President
                                           Key Trust Company of Ohio, N.A.

                                       -9-


<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 4.1
03/24/95                                                

                           Basic Plan Document # 05
                                  Plan # 002
                       IRS Letter Serial No.: D363689a



                  PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST

                      SECTION 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                              (NONSTANDARDIZED)

                            ADOPTION AGREEMENT(1)
                                      

The Employer(2), designated below, hereby establishes a profit-sharing plan
(optionally including a cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in section 
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code)) for all Eligible Employees as defined 
in this Adoption Agreement pursuant to the terms of the PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE 
RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT # 05.

A.      EMPLOYER INFORMATION:

1.      NAME:   Fabri-Centers of America, Inc.
             ---------------------------------
2.      ADDRESS: 5555 Darrow Road
                ------------------------------
3.      ADDRESS: Hudson, OH 44236
                ------------------------------
4.      ATTENTION: Rosalind Thompson              TELEPHONE: (216) 463-3489
                  ----------------------------              -------------------
5.      EMPLOYER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(3):


B.      BASIC PLAN PROVISIONS:

1.      PLAN NAME (SELECT ONE):

        a. [ ] This plan is established effective ______, 19__,
               (the "Effective Date") as a profit sharing plan and
               trust (optionally with a "cash or deferred arrangement"
               as defined in Code section 401(k)) to be known as
               _____ Plan and Trust (the "Plan") in the form of the 
               PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST.

- ----------------------

(1)  Footnotes in this Adoption Agreement are not to be construed as part of the
     Plan provisions but are explanatory only. To the extent a footnote is
     inconsistent with the provisions of the Basic Plan Document or applicable
     law, the provisions of the Plan shall be construed in conformity with the
     Basic Plan Document or law.

(2)  Terms that are capitalized are defined in the PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE 
     RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT.

(3)  The Plan will have an individual TIN, distinct from the Employer TIN.


<PAGE>   2

         b.[x] This plan is an amendment and restatement in the form of the
               PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST, effective July 1,
               1996, (the "Effective Date") of the FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA,
               INC. EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS AND PROFIT-SHARING Plan and Trust (the
               "Plan"), originally effective as of JANUARY 17, 1975 (the
               "Original Effective Date").

2.      EMPLOYER'S THREE DIGIT PLAN NUMBER: 001

3.      COMMITTEE MEMBERS(4):
          ROSALIND THOMPSON, FRANCIS C. PICCIRILLO
          ----------------------------------------

4.      DEFINITIONS:

          a.   COMPENSATION for allocation purposes:

          i    Will be determined over the following applicable period (select
               only one): 

               (a)  [ ] the Plan Year
               (b)  [x] the period of Plan participation during the Plan Year
               (c)  [ ] a consecutive 12 month period cornmencing on and ending
                        with, or within, the Plan Year.

          ii [x]   If selected, Compensation will include Employer contributions
                   made pursuant to a Salary Reduction Agreement, or other ar-
                   rangement, which are not includible in the gross income of 
                   the Employee under sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 
                   403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

          iii  Shall NOT include (select as many as desired):

               (a) [ ] Bonuses
               (b) [ ] Commissions
               (c) [ ] Taxable fringe benefits identified below:

               (d) [x] Other items of remuneration identified below: 
                       DIRECTORS FEES, EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENTS, LIVING AND 
                       SIMILAR ALLOWANCES, MOVING ALLOWANCES, STOCK OPTIONS,
                       EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS UNDER THIS, OR ANY OTHER PLAN.

          iv   Shall be limited to $ _____, which shall be the maximum amount of
               compensation considered for plan allocation purposes (but not for

- -------------------------               

(4)    Committee members direct the day to day operation of the Plan. Committee
       members serve at the pleasure of the Employer. See section 11.4 for 
       changes in Committee membership. If no Committee members are specified, 
       the Employer shall assume responsibility for the operations of the Plan.


                                     PAGE 2

<PAGE>   3


                    testing purposes), and may not be an amount in excess of the
                    Internal Revenue Code section 401(a)(17) limit in effect 
                    for the Plan Year(5). If no amount is specified, 
                    Compensation shall be limited to the Internal Revenue Code 
                    section 401(a)(17) amount, as adjusted by the Secretary of 
                    the Treasury from time to time.

               b.   EARLY RETIREMENT DATE:

                 i   [X] is not applicable to this Plan
                 ii  [ ] is the latter of the date on which the Participant
                         attains age _____ (not less than 55) and the date on
                         which the Participant completes __ Years of Service.

               c.   HOUR OF SERVICE shall be determined on the basis of the
                    method selected below. Only one method may be selected. The
                    method shall be applied to all Employees covered under the
                    Plan as follows (select only one):

                 i   [X] On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee
                         is paid, or entitled to be paid.
                 ii  [ ] On the basis of days worked. An Employee shall be
                         credited with ten (10) Hours of Service if under
                         section 1.1(U) of the Plan such Employee would be 
                         credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during 
                         the day.
                 iii [ ] On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee shall be
                         credited with forty-five (45) Hours of Service if
                         under section 1.1(U) of the Plan such Employee would 
                         be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service 
                         during the week.
                 iv  [ ] On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods. An
                         Employee shall be credited with ninety-five (95) Hours
                         of Service if under section 1.1(U) of the Plan such 
                         Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour 
                         of Service during the semi-monthly payroll period.
                 v   [ ] On the basis of months worked. An Employee shall be
                         credited with one hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service
                         if under section 1.1(U) of the Plan such Employee 
                         would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of 
                         Service during the month.

               d.   LIMITATION YEAR shall mean the 12 month period commencing on
                    JANUARY 1 and ending on DECEMBER 31.

               e.   NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE for each Participant shall mean
                    (select one):
     
                 i   [X] the date the Participant attains age: 65 (not to
                         exceed 65)

- --------------------

(5)    If no amount is specified, the maximum amount of Compensation allowed 
       under Code section 401(a)(17) (the "$150,000 limit" ("$200,000 limit" 
       prior to the Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994)), as adjusted 
       from time to time, shall be used.


                                     PAGE 3

<PAGE>   4

                 ii  [ ] the latter of the date the Participant attains age
                         ______ (not to exceed 65) or the __ (not to exceed 5th)
                         anniversary of the participation commencement date. If
                         for the Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1988,
                         Normal Retirement Date was determined with reference to
                         the anniversary of the participation commencement date
                         (more than 5 but not to exceed 10 years), the
                         anniversary date for Participants who first commenced
                         participation under the Plan before the first Plan Year
                         beginning on or after January 1, 1988 shall be the
                         earlier of (A) the tenth anniversary of the date the
                         Participant commenced participation in the Plan (or
                         such anniversary as had been elected by the employer,
                         if less than 10) or (B) the fifth anniversary of the
                         first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after
                         January 1, 1988. Notwithstanding any other provisions
                         of the Plan, the participant commencement date is the
                         first day of the first Plan Year in which the
                         Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

               f.   PERMITTED DISPARITY LEVEL, for purposes of allocating
                    Employer Contributions, shall mean (select only one):

                 i   [X] Not applicable - the Plan does not use permitted
                         disparity.
                 ii  [ ] The Taxable Wage Base, which is the contribution and
                         benefit base under section 230 of the Social Security
                         Act at the beginning of the year.
                 iii [ ] _____ % (not greater than 100%) of the Taxable Wage
                         Base as defined in B(4)(f)(ii) above.
                 iv  [ ] $ _____, provided that the amount does not exceed
                         the Taxable Wage Base as defined in B(4)(f)(ii) above.


          g.   PLAN YEAR shall mean (select and complete only one of the
               following):

                 i   [X] the 12-consecutive month period which coincides with
                         the Limitation Year. The first Plan Year shall be the
                         period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on
                         the last day of the Limitation Year.
                 ii  [ ] the 12-consecutive month period commencing on____,
                         19__, and each annual anniversary thereof.
                 iii [ ] the calendar year (January 1 through December 31).

          h.   QUALIFIED DISTRIBUTION DATE, for purposes of making distributions
               under the provisions of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (as
               defined in Internal Revenue Code section 414(p)), [X] SHALL 
               [ ] SHALL NOT be the date the order is determined to be 
               qualified. If SHALL is selected, the Alternate Payee will be 
               entitled to an immediate distribution of benefits as directed



                                     PAGE 4

<PAGE>   5

               by the Qualified Domestic Relations Order. If SHALL NOT is
               selected, the Alternate Payee may only take a distribution on the
               earliest date that the Participant is entitled to a distribution.


          i.   SPOUSE:

                 [ ]   If selected, Spouse shall mean only that person who has
                       actually been the Participant's spouse for at least one
                       year.

          j.   YEAR OF SERVICE shall mean:

               i For ELIGIBILITY purposes (select one of the following):

                 (a) [x] the 12 consecutive months during which an Employee
                         is credited with 1000 (not more than 1000) Hours of
                         Service. 
                 b)  [ ] a Period of Service (using the elapsed time method
                         of counting Service, as described in section 1.1(N)(3)
                         of the Plan).


               ii   For ALLOCATION accrual purposes (select one of the
                    following): N/A

                 (a) [ ] the 12 consecutive months during which an Employee
                         is credited with ____ (not more than 1000) Hours of
                         Service.
                 (b) [ ] a Period of Service (using the elapsed time method
                         of counting Service, as described in section 
                         1.1(N)(3) of the Plan).


               iii  For VESTING service purposes (select one of the following):

                 (a) [ ] the 12 consecutive months during which an Employee
                         is credited with ____ (not more than 1000) Hours of
                         Service.
                 (b) [x] a Period of Service (using the elapsed time method
                         of counting Service, as described in section 
                         1.1(N)(3) of the Plan).

               iv   For purpose of computing Years of Service in plans where
                    Year of Service is defined in terms of Hours of Service),
                    the consecutive 12 month period shall be:

                 (a)  For ELIGIBILITY purposes, the first Year of Service shall 
                      be computed using the 12 month period commencing on the
                      Employee's date of hire and ending on the first annual
                      anniversary of the Employee's date of hire (the "Initial
                      Computation Period"). In the event an


                                    PAGE 5

<PAGE>   6

                      employee does not complete an eligibility Year of Service
                      during this initial computation period, the computation
                      period shall be (select only one):

                 (1) [ ] the period commencing on each annual anniversary of
                         the Employee's date of hire and ending on the next
                         annual anniversary of the Employee's date of hire. 
                 (2) [x] the Plan Year, commencing with the Plan Year in
                         which the Initial Computation Period ends.

               (b)  For VESTING purposes, Years of Service shall be computed on
                    the basis of:

                 (1) [x] the period commencing on each annual anniversary of
                         the Employee's date of hire and ending on the next
                         annual anniversary of the Employee's date of hire.
                 (2) [ ] the Plan Year, commencing with the first Plan Year
                         an Employee completes an Hour of Service.

               (c)  For ALLOCATION accrual purposes, Year of Service shall be
                    computed on the basis of the Plan Year.

           v   [x] For ELIGIBILITY purposes, Years of Service with the
                   following Predecessor Employers shall count in
                   fulfilling the eligibility requirements for this Plan:
                   SEE ATTACHED ADDENDUM
           vi  [x] For VESTING purposes, Years of Service with the
                   following Predecessor Employers shall count for
                   purposes of determining the nonforfeitable amount of a
                   Participant's account:
                   SEE ATTACHED ADDENDUM

     5.   COVERAGE:

          This Plan is extended by the Employer to the following Employees who
          have met the eligibility requirements (select as many as appropriate):

           i   [ ] All Employees
           ii  [ ] Salaried Employees
           iii [ ] Sales Employees
           iv  [ ] Hourly Employees
           v   [ ] Leased Employees
           vi  [ ] All Employees except (select as applicable):



                                     PAGE 6

<PAGE>   7

                 (a) [ ] those who are members of a unit of Employees covered
                         by a collective bargaining agreement between the
                         Employer and Employee representatives, if retirement
                         benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and
                         if two percent or less of the Employees who are covered
                         pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined
                         in Section 1.410(b)-9 of the Regulations. For this
                         purpose, the term "Employee representative" does not
                         include any organization more than half of whose
                         members are Employees who are owners, officers, or
                         executives of the Employer.

                 (b) [ ] those who are nonresident aliens (within the meaning of
                         Internal Revenue Code section 7701(b)(1)(B)) and who
                         receive no earned income (within the meaning of
                         Internal Revenue Code section 911(d)(2)) from the
                         Employer which constitutes income from sources within
                         the United States (within the meaning of Internal
                         Revenue Code section 861(a)(3)).

       vii [ ] Union Employees (who are members of the following unions or
               union affiliates:

       viii[x] Other Employees, described as follows: 
               ALL EMPLOYEES EXCEPT FOR LEASED EMPLOYEES OR THOSE DESCRIBED IN 
               ITEM B(5)(vi)(a) ABOVE.

6.   ELIGIBILITY:

     An Employee covered by the Plan may become a Participant upon completion of
     the following eligibility requirements:

     a. Service(6) :

      i    [ ] There shall be no minimum service requirement for an Em-
               ployee to become a Participant.
      ii   [ ] The Employee must complete ____ MONTHS of Service (not more
               than 2 years) to be a Participant for purposes of receiving
               allocations of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.

- ---------------------

(6) If a fractional year is elected, the elapsed time method of computing 
    service shall be used for the fractional year. Eligibility provisions for 
    optional cash or deferred arrangements are contained in Item C of this 
    Adoption Agreement.


                                     PAGE 7

<PAGE>   8

b.      AGE:

        i      [ ]      There shall be no minimum age requirement for an Em-
                        ployee to become a Participant.
        ii     [x]      The Employee must attain age 21 (not more than 21) to be
                        a Participant in the Plan.

c.      WAIVER OF AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS:

        i      [ ]      Notwithstanding the provisions of Items B(6)(a) and
                        (b), Employees who have not satisfied the age and
                        service requirements, but would otherwise be eligible to
                        participate in the plan, shall be eligible to
                        participate on the Effective Date.

        ii     [ ]      For new Plans, notwithstanding the provisions of
                        Items B(6)(a) and (b), Employees who have not satisfied
                        the age and service requirements, but would otherwise be
                        eligible to participate in the plan, shall be eligible
                        to participate on the Effective Date.

d.      ENTRY DATES:

        Upon completion of the eligibility requirements, an Employee shall
        commence participation in the Plan (select only one):

        i      [ ]      As soon as practicable under the payroll practices 
                        utilized by the Employer, and consistently applied to 
                        all Employees, or if earlier, the first day of the Plan 
                        Year(7).
        ii     [ ]      As of the first day of the month following the
                        completion of the eligibility requirements.
        iii    [x]      As of the earliest of the first day of the Plan Year,
                        fourth, seventh or tenth month of the Plan Year next
                        following completion of the eligibility requirements.
        iv     [ ]      As of the earliest of the first day of the Plan Year or
                        seventh month of the Plan Year next following completion
                        of the eligibility requirements.
        v      [ ]      As of the first day of the Plan Year next following
                        completion of the eligibility requirements (may only be
                        selected if the eligibility year of service requirement
                        is 6 months or less).


- ----------------------------

(7)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who has met the eligibility
       requirements may not enter the Plan later than six months following the
       date on which the Employee first completes the eligibility requirements.

                                     PAGE 8

<PAGE>   9

7.   VESTING:

     a.   The percentage of a Participant's Employer Contribution Account
          (attributable to Employer Profit Sharing Contributions) to be vested
          in him or her upon termination of employment prior to attainment of
          the Plan's Normal Retirement Date shall be(8):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    COMPLETED YEARS OF SERVICE 

                         1       2       3       4       5       6       7
                        ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---
<S>                     <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C> 
        i      [ ]              100%
                        ---     ---
        ii     [ ]                      100%
                        ---     ---     ---
        iii    [ ]               20%     40%     60%     80%    100%
                        ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---
        iv     [ ]                       20%     40%     60%     80%    100%
                        ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---
        V      [ ]      10%      20%     30%     40%     60%     80%    100%
                        ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---
        vi     [ ]                                      100%
                        ---     ---     ---     ---     --- 
        vii    [ ]                                                      100%
                        ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---
        viii   [ ] Full and immediate vesting upon entry into the Plan(9)
<FN>

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the amount inserted in the
blanks above shall not exceed the limits specified in Code section 411(a)(2).
</TABLE>

     b.   For purposes of computing a Participant's vested account balance,
          Years of Service for vesting purposes [x] SHALL [ ] SHALL NOT include
          Years of Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or any
          predecessor plan, and [x] SHALL [ ] SHALL NOT include Years of Service
          before the Employee attained age 18.
     c.   Notwithstanding the provisions of this Item B(7)(c) of the Adoption
          Agreement, a Participant shall become fully vested in his
          Participant's Employer Contribution if: (10)

         i [ ] the Participant's job is eliminated without the Participant
               being offered a comparable position elsewhere with the Employer.
         ii[ ] for such reason as is described below:


- ------------------------

(8)  Notwithstanding the selection made in this Item B(7)(a), a Participant
     shall be fully vested in his or her Employer Contribution Accounts if the
     Participant dies or becomes Disabled while in the employ of the Employer.
(9)  If more than one Year of Service is an eligibility requirement, Item viii
     MUST be selected.
(10) The provisions of this section will be administered by the Employer on a
     consistent and nondiscriminatory basis.

                                     PAGE 9


<PAGE>   10


8.   EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS:
N/A

a.      CONTRIBUTIONS:

        i      [ ]      In its discretion, the Employer may contribute Employer
                        Profit Sharing Contributions to the Plan.
        ii     [ ]      The Employer shall contribute Employer Profit Sharing
                        Contributions to the Plan in the amount of _____ % of
                        the Compensation of all Eligible Participants under the
                        Plan.
        iii    [ ]      If selected, the Employer may make Employer Profit
                        Sharing Contributions without regard to current or
                        accumulated Net Profits of the Employer for the taxable
                        year ending with, or within the Plan Year.
        iv     [ ]      If selected, the Employer may designate all or any
                        part of the Employer Profit Sharing Contributions as
                        Qualified Nonelective Contributions, provided, however,
                        that contributions so designated will be subject to the
                        same vesting, distribution, and withdrawal restrictions
                        as Before Tax Contributions(11).

b.   ALLOCATIONS:

     Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be allocated to the accounts of
     eligible Participants according to the following selected allocation
     formula:

        i      [ ]      The Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be
                        allocated to each eligible Participant's account in the
                        ratio which the Participant's Compensation bears to the
                        Compensation of all eligible Participants. Employer
                        Profit Sharing Plan Contributions, shall be allocated to
                        the accounts of Participants who have completed a Year
                        of Service(12) (select one):

                 (a) [ ] as of the last day of the month preceding the month
                         in which the contribution was made.
                 (b) [ ] as of the last day of the Plan quarter preceding
                         the quarter in which the contribution was made.
                 (c) [ ] as of the last day of the Plan Year.

- ----------------------

(11) Amounts designated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be allocated
     pursuant to section 3.1(A)(14) of the Basic Plan Document.
(12) In the event contributions are allocated on a basis other than a full plan
     year, the Year of Service shall be based on the elapsed time method of
     calculation, and a Participant shall be deemed to have completed an
     appropriate Period of Service for allocation purposes if the Participant
     has completed a pro-rata Period of Service corresponding to the interval on
     which contributions are allocated. 

                                     PAGE 10
<PAGE>   11


        ii [ ] The Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be allocated
               in accordance with the following formula:


               (a)  If the Plan is Top-Heavy, the contribution shall be first
                    credited to each eligible Participant's Account in the ratio
                    which the Participant's Compensation bears to the total
                    Compensation of all eligible Participants, up to 3% of each
                    Participant's Compensation.
               (b)  If the Plan is Top-Heavy, any Employer Profit Sharing
                    Contribution remaining after the allocation in (a) above
                    shall be credited to each eligible Participant's account in
                    the ratio which the Participant's Excess Compensation(13)
                    bears to the total Excess Compensation of all eligible
                    Participants, up to 3% of each eligible Participant's Excess
                    Compensation.
               (c)  Any contributions remaining after the allocation in (b)
                    above shall be credited to each eligible Participant's
                    account in the ratio which the sum of the Participant's
                    total Compensation and Excess Compensation bears to the sum
                    of the total Compensation and Excess Compensation of all
                    eligible Participants, up to an amount equal to the maximum
                    Excess Percentage times the sum of the Participant's
                    Compensation and Excess Compensation. If the Plan is
                    Top-Heavy, the maximum Excess Percentage is N/A % (insert
                    percentage). If the Plan is not Top-Heavy, the maximum
                    Excess Percentage is N/A % (insert percentage, which
                    shall not exceed the prior Excess Percentage limitation
                    specified by more than 3).

              NOTE: If the Permitted Disparity Level defined at Item B(4)(f) is
                    the Taxable Wage Base (which is the contribution and benefit
                    base under section 230 of the Social Security Act at the
                    beginning of the year), then the maximum Excess Percentage
                    should be 2.7% if the Plan is Top-Heavy and 5.7% if the Plan
                    is not Top-Heavy.

                    If the Permitted Disparity Level defined at Item B(4)(f) is
                    greater than 80% but less than 100% of the Taxable Wage
                    Base, then the maximum Excess Percentage should be 2.4% if
                    the Plan is Top-Heavy and 5.4% if the Plan is not Top-Heavy.


- ------------------------------

(13) Excess Compensation means a Participant's Compensation in excess of the
     Permitted Disparity Level specified in the Definitions section of this
     Adoption Agreement.


                                    PAGE 11
                                      
<PAGE>   12


                         If the Permitted Disparity Level defined at Item B(4)
                         (f) is greater than the greater of $10,000 or 20% of
                         the Taxable  Wage Base, but not more than 80%, then the
                         maximum Excess Percentage should be 1.3% if the Plan is
                         Top-Heavy and 4.3% if the Plan is not Top-Heavy.

                    (d)  Any remaining Employer Profit Sharing Contribution 
                         shall be allocated among eligible Participants' 
                         accounts in the ratio which the Participant's 
                         Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all 
                         Participants.

        iii    [ ]      If selected, and the Employer has elected to allocate
                        Employer Profit Sharing Plan Contributions as of the
                        last day of the Plan Year, a Participant must be
                        employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan
                        Year in order to receive an allocation(14). 

        iv     [ ]      A Participant who terminates before the end of the
                        period for which contributions are allocated shall share
                        in the allocation of Employer Profit Sharing
                        Contributions if termination of employment was the
                        result of (select all that apply):

                         (a)    [ ]      retirement
                         (b)    [ ]      disability
                         (c)    [ ]      death
                         (d)    [ ]      other, as specified below:
                                   --------

9.   ROLLOVER & TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS (SELECT ONE):

        a.     [x]      Subject to policies, applied in a consistent and
                        nondiscriminatory manner, adopted by the Committee, each
                        Employee, who would otherwise be eligible to participate
                        in the Plan except that such Employee has not yet met
                        the eligibility requirements, and each Participant may
                        make a Rollover Contribution as described in Internal
                        Revenue Code sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4) or 408(d)(3).
        b.     [ ]      Subject to policies, applied in a consistent and
                        nondiscriminatory manner, adopted by the Committee, each
                        Participant may make a Rollover Contribution as 
                        described in Internal Revenue Code sections 402(a)(5), 
                        403(a)(4) or 408(d)(3).
        c.     [ ]      No Employee shall make Rollover Contributions to the 
                        Plan.



- --------------------------

(14) This option shall only be effective if Item 8(b)(i)(c) has been selected.
     Even if this Item is selected, the provisions of section 4.8 of the Basic 
     Plan Document may supersede this requirement if necessary to satisfy Code
     Sections 401(a)(26) and 410(b).



                                    PAGE 12

<PAGE>   13

10.  DISTRIBUTIONS:

     a.   DISTRIBUTIONS UPON SEPARATION FROM SERVICE:

          The Normal Form of Benefit under the Plan shall be a single lump sum
          distribution, made [x] (if selected) as soon as administratively
          practical after receipt of a distribution request from a Participant
          entitled to a distribution or[ ] (if selected) upon the Participant's
          attainment of the Plan's Early Retirement Date or the Plan's Normal
          Retirement Date, whichever is earlier.

          In addition to the Normal Form of Benefit, the Participant shall be
          entitled to select from among the following optional forms of benefit
          specified by the employer (select as many as apply):

        i      [ ]      Installment payments
        ii     [x]      Such other forms as may be specified below:
                        SEE ATTACHED ADDENDUM

b.   IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS (SELECT AS MAY BE APPROPRIATE):
N/A
        i      [ ]      There shall be no in-service distribution of 
                        Participant account balances derived from Employer 
                        Profit Sharing Contributions.
        ii     [ ]      Participants may request an in-service distribution of 
                        their account balance attributable to Employer Profit 
                        Sharing Contributions, for the following reasons:

                (a)  [ ] For purposes of satisfying a financial hardship,
                         as determined in accordance with the uniform
                         nondiscriminatory policy of the Committee; 
                (b) [ ]  Attainment of age 59 1/2 by the Participant; or
                (c) [ ]  Attainment of the Plan's Normal Retirement Date by the
                         Participant.

11.  FORFEITURES:
N/A

     a.   Forfeitures of amounts attributable to Employer Profit Sharing
          Contributions shall be reallocated as of:

        i      [ ]      the last day of the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture 
                        occurred.
        ii     [ ]      the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in
                        which the Forfeiture occurred.





                                    PAGE 13

<PAGE>   14


        iii    [ ]      the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant 
                        suffering the Forfeiture has incurred five consecutive 
                        One Year Breaks in Service.

     b.   Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be
          reallocated as follows:

        i      [ ]      Not applicable as Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                        are always 100% vested and nonforfeitable.
        ii     [ ]      Used first to pay the expenses of administering the 
                        Plan, and then allocated pursuant to one of the 
                        following two options(15):
        iii    [ ]      Forfeitures shall be allocated to Participant's
                        accounts in the same manner as Employer Profit Sharing
                        Contributions, Employer Matching Contributions,
                        Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
                        Matching Contributions, in the discretion of the
                        Employer, for the year in which the Forfeiture arose.
        iv     [ ]      Forfeitures shall be applied to reduce the Employer
                        Profit Sharing Contributions, Employer Matching
                        Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                        Qualified Matching Contributions, in the discretion of
                        the Employer, for the Plan Year following the Plan Year
                        in which the Forfeiture arose.

12.  LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS:

     If the Employer maintains or ever maintained another qualified retirement
     plan in which any Participant in this Plan is (or was) a participant, or
     could possibly become a participant, the Employer must complete the
     following:

     a.   If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
          contribution plan maintained by the Employer other than a Master or
          Prototype Plan:

        i      [ ]      The provisions of this Plan shall apply as if the other
                        plan were a Master or Prototype plan; or,
        ii     [ ]      The following provisions will be effective to limit
                        the total Annual Additions to the Maximum Permissible
                        Amount, and will properly reduce any Excess Amounts, in
                        a manner that precludes Employer discretion:

     b.   If the Participant is or ever has been a participant in a qualified
          defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the following
          provisions will be

- ------------------------
(15) If this option is selected, iii or iv must be selected to reallocate
     Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions remaining after
     expenses of administering the Plan have been paid. 

                                     PAGE 14
<PAGE>   15

               effective to satisfy the 1.0 limitation of Internal Revenue Code
               section 415(e), in a manner that precludes Employer discretion:


13.  INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 411(d)(6) PROTECTED BENEFITS:

       [x]      If selected, the Plan has Internal Revenue Code section 
                411(d)(6) Protected Benefits from a prior plan that this Plan 
                amends, that must be protected.

14.  TOP-HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONS:

     For each Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan the following
     provisions will apply:


     a.   The percentage of a Participant's Employer Contribution Account to be
          vested in him upon termination of employment prior to retirement shall
          be:

        i      [ ]      a percentage determined in accordance with the following
                        schedule:

                              Years of Service        Percentage
                              ----------------        ----------
                              Less than two                    0
                              Two but less than three         20
                              Three but less than four        40
                              Four but less than five         60
                              Five but less than six          80
                              Six or more                    100;

        ii     [ ]      100% vesting after __ (not to exceed 3) Years of 
                        Service; provided, however, that Years of Service may 
                        not exceed two (2) if the service requirement for 
                        eligibility exceeds 1 year; or
        iii    [x]      computed in accordance with the vesting schedule
                        selected by the Employer in Items B(7)(a) or C(4)(d), as
                        long as the benefits under the vesting schedule in Items
                        B(7)(a) or C(4)(d) vest at least as rapidly as the two
                        options specified in this Item B(14)(a), above.

          If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the
          schedules above for any Plan Year because of the Plan's Top-Heavy
          status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and the
          election in section 2.2 of the Basic Plan Document applies.

     b.   For purposes of minimum Top-Heavy allocations, contributions and
          forfeitures equal to 3 % (not less than 3%) of each Non-key Employee's
          Compensation will be allocated to each Participant's Contribution
          Account

                                     PAGE 15
<PAGE>   16

          when the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, except as otherwise provided in the
          Basic Plan Document. This Item 14 will not apply to any Participant to
          the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan or plans of
          the Employer and the Employer completes the following: (Insert the
          name of the plan or plans which will meet the minimum allocation or
          benefit requirement applicable to Top-Heavy plans.)

     c.   The Valuation Date as of which account balances or accrued benefits
          are valued for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio shall be the
          last day of each Plan Year. 

     d.   If the Employer maintains or has ever maintained one or more defined 
          benefit plans which have covered or could cover a Participant in this
          Plan, complete the following:

          Present Value: For purposes of establishing Present Value to compute
          the Top-Heavy Ratio, any benefit shall be discounted only for
          mortality and interest based on the following:

                     Interest rate ______ %     Mortality table

15.  INVESTMENTS:

     a.   Investments made pursuant to the investment direction provisions of
          the Basic Plan Document shall be made into any appropriate Investment
          Fund as selected by the Employer. In addition, investment of Plan
          assets is expressly authorized, as required by Revenue Ruling 81-100,
          in each of the following common or collective funds sponsored by
          the Trustee, or an affiliate of the Trustee(16) :
                  SOCIETY NATIONAL BANK EB MANAGED GUARANTEED INCOME CONTRACT 
                  FUND, THE SOCIETY NATIONAL BANK MULTIPLE INVESTMENT TRUST 
                  FOR EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUSTS, AND OTHER COLLECTIVE TRUSTS 
                  EXEMPT FROM TAX UNDER IRC SECTION 501 AND AS DESCRIBED IN 
                  REV. RUL. 81-100.

     b.  [x] If selected, an Employer Stock Fund shall be available as an In
             vestment Fund pursuant to the terms of the Basic Plan Document.

              [ ]   If selected, and an Employer Stock Fund is available as an
                    Investment Fund, Participants will have the right,
                    notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, to direct
                    that a portion of the Plan assets held for their benefit and
                    invested in the Employer Stock Fund be diversified pursuant
                    to the provisions of section 10.7(F) of the Basic Plan 
                    Document.

- --------------------------

(16) This Item is for use in identifying collective trust funds, which, pursuant
     to Revenue Ruling 81-100 must be specifically referenced in the Plan.
     Actual Investment Funds are referenced on the Investment Fund Designation
     form attached to this Adoption Agreement.



                                    PAGE 16

<PAGE>   17


     c.   Participants may make changes of existing account balances and future
          contributions from among the Investment Funds offered:

        i      [ ]      Once during each business day that the Trustee and
                        the New York Stock Exchange are open.
        ii     [x]      Once during each calendar month.
        iii    [ ]      Once during each quarter of the Plan Year.
        iv     [ ]      Once during each rolling ___ day period.

     d.  [x] If selected, the Participant shall be restricted in making changes
             of existing account balances from any Investment Fund, as specified
             in the terms or conditions of such Investment Fund, and the 
             Employer shall attach an addendum specifying such restriction.

     e.   The Participant will designate into which Investment Funds all
          contributions to their accounts are made, except the following:

          i      [ ]      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
          ii     [x]      Employer Mandatory Matching Contributions
          iii    [x]      Employer Discretionary Matching Contributions
          iv     [ ]      Qualified Matching Contributions
          v      [ ]      Qualified Nonelective Contributions

        f.     [x]      If selected, and to the extent a selection is made
                        above, the Employer shall attach an Investment
                        Direction Addendum specifying how the contributions so
                        specified shall be invested among the Investment Fund.

        g.     [ ]      If selected, the Participant shall be restricted in the
                        use of the Employer Stock Fund as an Investment Fund for
                        designating the investment of contributions in the 
                        Participant's account, as follows:

                i      [ ]      The Participant may not direct the investment of
                                Plan assets held in their account into the 
                                Employer Stock Fund.
                ii     [ ]      The Participant may direct ___ % of the 
                                following contributions into the Employer 
                                Stock Fund:

                    (a)    [ ]  Employer Profit Sharing Contribu-
                                 tions
                    (b)    [ ]  Employer Mandatory Matching Con-
                                tributions
                    (c)    [ ]  Employer  Discretionary  Matching
                                Contributions
                    (d)    [ ]  Qualified Matching Contributions
                    (e)    [ ]  Qualified Nonelective Contributions

                                     PAGE 17
<PAGE>   18

        iii    [ ]      ____ % of the following contributions will be in-
                        vested into the Employer Stock Fund, with the bal-
                        ance invested among:

                      (a)    [ ]      the other Investment Funds, including 
                                      the Employer Stock Fund
                      (b)    [ ]      the other Investment Funds, not including
                                      the Employer Stock Fund

16.  LOANS (SELECT ONE):

        a.    [x]   Loans may be made from the Plan in accordance with the Basic
                    Plan Document and such policies and procedures as the 
                    Committee may adopt and apply on a consistent and
                    nondiscriminatory basis(17).
        b.    [ ]   No loans shall be made from the Plan.

17.  TRUSTEE:

     The Trustee of this Plan shall be KEY TRUST COMPANY OF OHIO, N.A. (a bank
     or trust company affiliated with KeyCorp within the meaning of Internal
     Revenue Code section 1504).

18.  EFFECTIVE DATE ADDENDUM:

    [ ]   If selected, the following provisions shall have the specified
          effective dates (which are different from the date specified in Item
          B(1)):



















- -------------------------------

(17) If this option is selected, the Employer must establish appropriate
     procedures for implementation of the Plan's loan program.




                                    PAGE 18

<PAGE>   19


C. SECTION 401(K) PLAN PROVISIONS:


     1.   SERVICE:

          An Eligible Employee shall be required to fulfill the following
          eligibility service requirements in order to participate in the Plan
          through a salary reduction agreement and for purposes of receiving an
          allocation of Employer Matching Contributions:

        a.     [x]      The Employee must complete 1 YEAR of Service (not
                        more than 1 year) to be a Participant for purposes of
                        receiving allocations of Employer Matching
                        Contributions.
        b.     [x]      The Employee must complete 1 YEAR of Service (not
                        more than 1 year) to be a Participant for purposes of
                        entering into a Salary Reduction Agreement and having
                        Employee Before Tax Contributions or Employee After Tax
                        Contributions contributed to the Plan on the Employee's
                        behalf.

     2.   EMPLOYEE SALARY DEFERRALS:

        a.     [x]      Participants shall be entitled to enter into a Salary 
                        Reduction Agreement providing for Before Tax
                        Contributions to be made to the Plan.

                    i    The minimum Before Tax Contribution shall be 1 % of the
                         Participant's Compensation.
                    ii   The maximum Before Tax Contribution shall be 10 % of
                         the Participant's Compensation.

        b.     [ ]      Participants shall be entitled to enter into a Salary
                        Reduction Agreement providing for After Tax 
                        Contributions to be made to the Plan.

                    i    The minimum After Tax Contribution shall be ___ % of
                         the Participant's Compensation.
                    ii   The maximum After Tax Contribution shall be ___ % of
                         the Participant's Compensation.
                    iii [ ] If selected, notwithstanding the above, a
                            Participant shall not be able to enter into a Salary
                            Reduction Agreement providing for After Tax
                            Contributions to be made to the Plan unless the
                            Participant has entered into a Salary Reduction
                            Agreement that provides for Before Tax Contributions
                            to be made to the Plan in an amount of at least____%
                            of the Participant's Compensation.



                                    PAGE 19

<PAGE>   20


         c.[ ] If selected, a Participant shall be entitled to enter into a
               Salary Reduction Agreement providing that any extraordinary item
               of compensation, not yet payable (including bonuses), be
               withheld from the Participant's Compensation and contributed to
               the Plan as either a Before Tax Contribution, or After Tax
               Contribution (provided such contributions are authorized above,
               and to the extent that such contribution, when aggregated with
               either the Participants other Before Tax Contributions or After
               Tax Contributions do not exceed the limitations specified above,
               on an annual basis).

3.   CONTRIBUTION CHANGES:

         a.    Participants may increase or decrease the amount of contributions
               made to the Plan pursuant to a Salary Reduction Agreement once
               each:

            i      [ ]      Plan Year
            ii     [ ]      Semi-annual period, based on the Plan Year
            iii    [x]      Quarter, based on the Plan Year
            iv     [ ]      Month
            v      [ ]      Other, as specified below (provided that it is at 
                            least once per year):
                                 -----------

         b.    Claims for returns of Excess Before Tax Contributions for the
               Participant's preceding taxable year must be made in writing, and
               submitted to the Committee by APRIL 15 (specify a date between
               March 1 and April 15). (18)

4.   EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS(19):

     a.   MANDATORY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

          The Employer shall make contributions to the Plan, in an amount as
          specified below:

          i       [x]   An amount, equal to 50 % of each Participant's Before
                        Tax Contributions, however, no match shall be made on
                        Participant's Before Tax Contributions in excess of 4%
                        (or $ _____ ) of the Participant's Compensation.

- -----------------------

(18) The date specified is for the refund of amount deferred in excess of the
     Code section 402(g) limit (the $7,000 limit) for the Participant's taxable
     year.
(19) The Employer shall have the right to designate all, or any portion of
     Employer Matching Contributions as Qualified Matching Contributions, which
     shall then be subject to the same vesting, distribution, and withdrawal
     restrictions as Before Tax Contributions.



                                    PAGE 20

<PAGE>   21


        ii     [ ]      An amount, equal to ______ % of each Participant's
                        After Tax Contributions, but not to exceed _____ % of
                        the Participant's Compensation, or $ _____.
        iii    [ ]      An amount, equal to ______ % of each Participant's 
                        contributions made pursuant to a Salary Reduction 
                        Agreement (including both Before Tax Contributions and 
                        After Tax Contributions), but only if the Participant 
                        has entered into a Salary Reduction Agreement providing
                        for Before Tax Contributions of at least _____ % of the 
                        Participant's Compensation, but not to exceed _____ % of
                        the Participant's Compensation, or $ _____.
        iv     [ ]      An amount equal to the sum of the following:


                (a) [ ]  _____ % of the first _____ % of the Participant's
                         Compensation deferred pursuant to a Salary Reduction
                         Agreement; plus,
                 b) [ ]  _____ % of the next _____ % of the Participant's
                         Compensation deferred pursuant to a Salary Reduction
                         Agreement; plus,
                (c) [ ]  _____ % of the next _____ % of the Participant's
                         Compensation deferred pursuant to a Salary Reduction
                         Agreement, but not to exceed _____% of the
                         Participant's Compensation, or $ _____.
        v      [ ]       An amount equal to $ _____, for each Participant who
                        enters into a Salary Reduction Agreement providing for
                        [ ] Before Tax Contributions,[ ] After Tax 
                        Contributions, or [ ] either Before Tax Contributions 
                        or After Tax Contributions (or a combination of both) 
                        equal to or exceeding _____ % of the Participant's 
                        Compensation. Such contributions shall be made and 
                        allocated:

                 (a) [ ] only during the first Plan Year the Plan is in
                         effect, or if a restatement, for the first Plan Year
                         beginning with, or containing the restatement
                         Effective Date.
                 (b) [ ] each Plan Year that a Participant has in force a
                         Salary Reduction Agreement meeting the criteria
                         specified above.
                 (c) [ ] during the first Plan Year that the Participant
                         participates through a Salary Reduction Agreement
                         meeting the criteria specified above.






                                    PAGE 21

<PAGE>   22


b.   DISCRETIONARY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

     [X]  The Employer shall make contributions to the Plan, in an amount
          determined by resolution of the Board of Directors on an annual basis.
          The Board resolution shall provide for the percentage and/or amount of
          Before Tax Contributions and/or After Tax Contributions to be matched
          and the maximum percentage and/or amount of Before Tax Contributions
          and/or After Tax Contributions eligible for matching.

c.   ALLOCATION OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

     Employer Matching Contributions shall be allocated pursuant to the terms of
     the Basic Plan Document, notwithstanding the foregoing:

        i      [ ]      A Participant who terminates before the end of the
                        period for which contributions are allocated shall share
                        in the allocation of Employer Matching Contributions if
                        termination of employment was the result of (select all
                        that apply):

                       (a) [ ]  retirement
                       (b) [ ]  disability
                       (c) [ ]  death
                       (d) [ ]  other, as specified below:
                                          ------
        ii     [x]      Employer Matching Contributions shall be allocated to 
                        the accounts of Participants (select one):

        SEE ATTACHED ADDENDUM

                       (a) [ ]  as of each pay period for which a contribution
                                was made pursuant to a Salary Reduction 
                                Agreement.
                       (b) [ ]  semi-monthly.
                       (c) [ ]  as of the last day of the month preceding the
                                month in which the contribution was made.
                       (d) [ ]  as of the last day of the Plan quarter
                                preceding the quarter in which the
                                contribution was made.
                       (e) [ ]  as of the last day of the Plan year.










                                    PAGE 22

<PAGE>   23

        iii    [x]      If selected, the Employer may make Employer Matching
                        Contributions without regard to current or accumulated 
                        Net Profits of the Employer for the taxable year ending
                        with, or within the Plan Year (20).

     d.   The percentage of a Participant's Employer Matching Contribution Ac-
          count (21) (attributable to Employer Matching Contributions) to be
          vested in him or her upon termination of employment prior to
          attainment of the Plan's Normal Retirement Date shall be (22):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    COMPLETED YEARS OF SERVICE

                         1       2       3       4       5       6       7
                        ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---
<S>                    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C> 
        i      [ ]              100%
                        ---     ---
        ii     [ ]                      100%
                        ---     ---     ---
        iii    [ ]               20%     40%     60%     80%    100%
                        ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---
        iv     [ ]                       20%     40%     60%     80%    100%
                        ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---
        v      [ ]       10%     20%     30%     40%     60%     80%    100%
                        ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---
        vi     [x]        0%     33%     67%    100%    100%
                        ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     
        vii    [ ]                                                      100%
                        ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---
        vii    [ ] Full and immediate vesting upon entry into the Plan
<FN>

               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the amount
               inserted in the blanks above shall not exceed the limits
               specified in Code section 411(a)(2).
</TABLE>


     e.   Notwithstanding the provisions of this Item C(4)(e) of the Adoption
          Agreement, a Participant shall become fully vested in his
          Participant's Employer Matching Contribution Account if (23):

        i      [ ]      the Participant's job is eliminated without the 
                        Participant being offered a comparable position 
                        elsewhere with the Employer.
        ii     [ ]      for such reason as is described below:
                                    ------
- --------------------------------

(20)   Net Profits will never be required for the contribution of Before Tax
       Contributions, After Tax Contributions, Qualified Nonelective 
       Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions.
(21)   Notwithstanding anything in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary, 
       amounts in a Participant's account attributable to Before Tax
       Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and Qualified
       Matching Contributions shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at
       all time.
(22)   Not withstanding the selection made in this Item B(7)(b), a Participant
       shall be fully vested in his or her Employer Contribution Accounts if the
       Participant dies or becomes Disabled while in the employ of the Employer.
(23)   The provisions of this section will be administered by the Employer on a
       consistent and nondiscriminatory basis.



                                    PAGE 23


<PAGE>   24

     f.   CORRECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS:

        i       [ ]     If selected, the Employer shall be authorized to make
                        Qualified Matching Contributions, subject to the terms
                        of the Basic Plan Document, in an amount determined by
                        resolution of the Board of Directors on an annual basis.
        ii      [ ]     If selected, the Employer shall be authorized to make
                        Qualified Nonelective Contributions, subject to the
                        terms of the Basic Plan Document, in an amount
                        determined by resolution of the Board of Directors on an
                        annual basis.

5.   GAP EARNINGS:

       [ ]      If selected, Gap Earnings, as defined in section 3.2(G)(1) of 
                the Basic Plan Document, will be calculated for Excess Elective
                Deferrals, Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate
                Contributions, and refunded to the Participant as provided for
                in Article III of the Basic Plan Document.
        
6.   FORFEITURES:

     a.   Forfeitures of amounts attributable to Employer Matching Contributions
          shall be reallocated as of:

        i      [x]      the last day of the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture 
                        occurred.
        ii     [ ]      the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in
                        which the Forfeiture occurred.
        iii    [ ]      the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant 
                        suffering the Forfeiture has incurred the fifth 
                        consecutive One Year Break in Service.

     b.   Forfeitures of Employer Matching Contributions shall be reallocated as
          follows:

        i      [ ]      Not applicable as Employer Matching Contributions are
                        always 100% vested and nonforfeitable.
        ii     [x]      Used first to pay the expenses of administering the 
                        Plan, and then allocated pursuant to one of the 
                        following two options:
        iii    [ ]      Forfeitures shall be allocated to Participant's
                        accounts in the same manner as Employer Profit Sharing
                        Contributions, Employer Matching Contributions,
                        Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
                        Matching Contributions, in the discretion of the
                        Employer, for the year in which the Forfeiture arose.




                                    PAGE 24

<PAGE>   25


        iv     [x]      Forfeitures shall be applied to reduce the Employer
                        Profit Sharing Contributions, Employer Matching
                        Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                        Qualified Matching Contributions, in the discretion of
                        the Employer, for the Plan Year following the Plan Year
                        in which the Forfeiture arose.

     c.   Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be:

        i      [x]       Applied to reduce Employer contributions for the Plan 
                         Year in which the excess arose, but allocated as below
                         to the extent the excess exceeds Employer contributions
                         for the Plan Year, or the Employer has already
                         contributed for such Plan Year.
        ii     [ ]       Allocated after all other forfeitures under the Plan:

                 (a) [x] to the Matching Contribution account of each
                         Non-highly Compensated Participant who made Before Tax
                         Contributions or After Tax Contributions in the ratio
                         which each such Participant's Compensation for the Plan
                         Year bears to the total Compensation of all such
                         Participants for the Plan Year; or,
                 (b) [ ] to the Matching Contribution account of each
                         Non-highly Compensated Eligible Participant in the
                         ratio which each Eligible Participant's Compensation
                         for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of
                         all Eligible Participants for the Plan Year.

7.   IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS (SELECT AS MAY BE APPROPRIATE):

        a.     [ ]      There shall be no in-service distribution of
                        Participant account balances derived from Before Tax
                        Contributions (including Qualified Nonelective
                        Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions
                        treated as Before Tax Contributions under the terms of
                        the Basic Plan Document), or Employer Matching
                        Contributions.

        b.     [x]      Participants may request an in-service distribution of
                        their account balance attributable to Employer Matching
                        Contributions, for the following reasons:
               BUT ONLY AS SPECIFIED IN THE ATTACHED ADDENDUM FOR ITEM B(13)
                    i  [x] For purposes of satisfying a financial hardship, as
                           determined in accordance with the uniform
                           nondiscriminatory policy of the Committee;

                    ii [x] Attainment of age 59 1/2 by the Participant; or
                                                   

                                     PAGE 25

<PAGE>   26


        iii    [ ]      Attainment of the Plan's Normal Retirement Date
                        by the Participant.

     c.  [x] Participants may request an in-service distribution of their
             account balance attributable to Employee Before Tax Contributions, 
             for the following reasons:
          BUT ONLY AS SPECIFIED IN THE ATTACHED ADDENDUM FOR ITEM B(13)
        i      [ ]      For purposes of satisfying a financial hardship, as
                        determined by the facts and circumstances of an
                        Employee's situation, in accordance with the
                        provisions of section 3.9 of the Basic Plan Document;
        ii     [X]      For purposes of satisfying a financial hardship,
                        using the "safe harbor" provisions of section 3.9 
                        of the Basic Plan Document.
        iii    [x]      Attainment of age 59 1/2 by the Participant; or
        iv     [ ]      Attainment of the Plan's Normal Retirement Date
                        by the Participant.

                                     PAGE 26
<PAGE>   27



NOTICE: The adopting Employer may not rely on an opinion letter issued by the
National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan is
qualified under the provisions of section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. In 
order to obtain reliance with respect to the Plan's qualification, the Employer
must apply to the Key District Office of the Internal Revenue Service for a
determination letter.

This Adoption Agreement may only be used in conjunction with Basic Plan
Document # 05.

This Plan document may only be used under the express authority of KeyCorp, its
subsidiaries and affiliates, and is not effective as completed until executed by
a duly authorized officer of KeyCorp, one of its subsidiaries or affiliates, and
approved by KeyCorp's counsel.

KeyCorp, as sponsor, may amend or discontinue this prototype plan document upon
proper notification to all adopting Employers pursuant to Revenue Ruling 89-13.

Failure to properly fill out an Adoption Agreement may result in
disqualification of the Plan, and adverse tax consequences to the Employer and
Plan Participants.

This Plan is sponsored by:

                KeyCorp, on behalf of its operating subsidiaries, banking and
                trust company affiliates
                127 Public Square
                Cleveland,Ohio 44114
                (800) 982-3811














                                    PAGE 27

<PAGE>   28



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer and the Trustee, by their respective duly
authorized officers, have caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed on this
28th day of June, 1996.
- ---         ----  ----


EMPLOYER: Fabri-Centers of America, Inc.
         -------------------------------------

By: /s/ Rosalind Thompson
   -------------------------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President, Human Resources
      ----------------------------------------

TRUSTEE: Key Trust Company of Ohio, N.A.
        --------------------------------------

By: /s/ Roberta D. Roth
   -------------------------------------------
Title: Vice President
      ----------------------------------------

          and

By: /s/ MA Meger
   -------------------------------------------
Title: Vice President 
      ----------------------------------------


APPROVED ON BEHALF OF TRUSTEE:

Initials: MJO  Date: 7/1/96
         -----      --------







                                    PAGE 28

<PAGE>   29

                          INVESTMENT FUND DESIGNATION 

        FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. (the "Named Fiduciary"), as an
independent fiduciary with respect to the FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS AND PROFIT-SHARING PLAN (the "Plan"), an employee pension
benefit plan covered by the applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") and its employees who
participate therein (the "Participants"), hereby designates the following
investment funds from among the investment fund options available for adopting
employers of the PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST (as defined in
section 10.7 of the Plan), available for selection by Participants for the
investment of Plan assets held for their benefit:

     (a)     EB MaGIC Fund
             ----------------------------------
     (b)     Victory Intermediate Income Fund
             ----------------------------------
     (c)     Victory Stock Index Fund
             ----------------------------------
     (d)     Fidelity Magellan Fund
             ----------------------------------
     (e)     FCA Stock Type A
             ----------------------------------
     (f)     FCA Stock Type B
             ----------------------------------
     (g)

     (h)

   [ ] In addition, if selected, an Employer Stock Fund will also be available.

In making the selection of Investment Funds, the Named Fiduciary hereby confirms
and acknowledges that:

o    The Named Fiduciary has had made available to it copies of the pro-
     spectuses (to the extent required under applicable federal securities law
     and regulation) for each investment fund available for selection by
     adopting employers of the PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST, and 
     has received copies of each such prospectus for the Investment Funds 
     selected;
o    The Named Fiduciary acknowledges that the Trustee of the Plan may receive
     certain fees for services provide to, or on behalf of an Investment Fund,
     or the sponsors or distributors thereof pursuant to plans of distribution
     adopted by the fund under the provisions of Rule 12b-1 of the Investment
     Company Act of 1940, and further acknowledges that (i) such fee, if paid,
     is appropriate for services rendered to the fund, and when aggregated with
     other fees for service payable to the Trustee constitutes reasonable
     compensation for the Trustee's services to the Plan; and (ii) the Plan will
     be able to redeem its interest in any such Investment Fund on reasonably
     short notice without penalty;
o    The Named Fiduciary further acknowledges that it has selected the
     Investment Funds on its determination, after due inquiry, that the
     Investment Funds are appropriate vehicles for the investment of Plan assets
     pursuant to the terms of the Plan, considering all relevant facts and
     circumstances, including but not limited to (i) the investment policy and
     philosophy of the Named Fiduciary developed pursuant to ERISA section 
     404; (ii) the ability of Participants, using an appropriate mix of 
     Investment Funds, to diversify the investment of Plan as-

                                    PAGE 29
<PAGE>   30

     sets held for their benefit; and, (iii) the ability of Participants to,
     utilizing an appropriate mix of Investment Funds, to structure an
     investment portfolio within their account in the Plan with risk and return
     characteristics within the normal range of risk and return characteristics
     for individuals with similar investment backgrounds, experience and
     expectations; and,
o    The Named Fiduciary acknowledges that it has not relied on any
     representations or recommendations from the Trustee or any of its employees
     in selecting the Investment Funds.

The Trustee agrees to follow the Named Fiduciary's direction with respect to
offering the Investment Funds available for selection by the Participants in the
Plan for the investment of Plan assets held for their benefit:

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer, by its duly authorized
representative, has executed this document in connection with adoption of the
Plan utilizing the PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST documents, as
provided by the Trustee.


               NAMED FIDUCIARY: Fabri-Centers of America, Inc
                               -----------------------------------------

               By: /s/ Rosalind Thompson    
                  -----------------------------------------
               Title: Senior Vice President, Human Resources
                     -----------------------------------------


                Seen and accepted by the Trustee, who shall provide the
Investment Funds selected by the Employer pursuant to the terms of this
document, and pursuant to the Plan.

               TRUSTEE: Key Trust Company of Ohio, N A
                       -------------------------------------------------

               By: /s/ Roberta D. Roth
                  -----------------------------------------
               Title: Vice President
                     -----------------------------------------





                                    PAGE 30
<PAGE>   31
                        FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                              EMPLOYEES' SAVING
                                     AND
                             PROFIT SHARING PLAN

                                   ADDENDUM


ITEM B(4)(j)(v): ELIGIBILITY YEAR OF SERVICE:

          Persons who became Employees on October 2, 1994 and were employed by
Brown Group, Inc. or Cloth World, Inc. immediately prior to that date shall be
given credit for Eligibility Years of Service for the period of time employed
by Brown Group, Inc. or Cloth World, Inc.

ITEM B(4)(j)(vi): VESTING YEAR OF SERVICE:

          Persons who became Employees on October 2, 1994 and were employed by
Brown Group, Inc. or Cloth World, Inc. immediately prior to that date shall be
given credit for Vesting Years of Service for the period of time employed
by Brown Group, Inc. or Cloth World, Inc.

ITEM B(10)(a)(ii): OTHER FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION:

o  As provided for in the Plan, distributions to Participants shall be
   made in the form of a single lump sum payment, with the exception of
   distributions made solely as a result of the application of Required 
   Beginning Date rules contained in Code section 401(a)(9)(A)(ii) which shall
   be in the form of a series of equal or substantially equal annual
   installments over a period not exceeding the life expectancy of the
   Participant and his or her Beneficiary if the Participant so elects. For
   the purposes of these distributions, life expectancies shall be determined
   and minimum distributions will be made in accordance with Treasury
   Regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; provided, however, that
   life expectancies shall be recalculated annually unless the Participant
   elects prior to the receipt of the first distributions required hereunder
   that life expectancies shall not be recalculated.
        
ITEM B(13): PROTECTED BENEFITS:

          Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the following
features shall continue to be available to Participants, pursuant to this
addendum and the provisions of Code section 411(d)(6):

o  Mode of Distributions:









<PAGE>   32

   All distributions from the Plan shall be made in cash, except that
   distributions made to the Participant (or Beneficiary) of his or her 
   interest in the "Stock Ownership Fund" or the "Company Stock Fund" shall be 
   made in the form of full shares of Company Stock (in the form of Class A 
   Common Shares, if distributions in made from Company Stock Fund - Class A 
   or the Stock Ownership Fund - Class A, and in the form of Class B Common 
   Shares, if distribution is made from Company Stock Fund - Class B or the 
   Stock Ownership Fund - Class B), with the balance of such interest, if any,
   to be distributed in cash, except that a Participant (or Beneficiary) may 
   elect, by written notice delivered to the Plan Administrator in accordance 
   with it's rules, to receive distributions of the amount distributable from 
   the Stock Ownership Fund or the Company Stock Fund, or both, in the form of 
   cash. For purposes of this addendum, the "Company Stock Fund" shall 
   mean either of the funds established to primarily hold shares of Company 
   stock, in which contributions derived from Employee Salary Deferrals or 
   Employer Matching Contributions, and designated in the Investment Fund 
   Designation form as FCA Stock Type A and FCA Stock Type B. The "Stock 
   Ownership Fund" shall mean the fund in which "Stock Ownership Contributions"
   were credited prior to January 1, 1987, pursuant to the terms of the Plan as
   in existence at the time the contributions were made. The Stock Ownership 
   Fund shall consist (as of August 2, 1995) of two sub-funds, consisting of 
   investments in Class A and Class B shares of Company common stock.

o  In-Service Distributions:

   Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, upon written notice to
   the Committee, a Participant may elect to withdraw an amount equal to all, 
   or a portion equal to at least $100, of the aggregate value of his Before Tax
   Contributions Account, the vested portion of his Employer Contribution 
   Account, and his Rollover Contributions Account; provided, however, that a 
   Participant must have attained age 59 1/2 at the time of any such 
   withdrawal, and that a Participant may only make one such withdrawal in any 
   12-consecutive months. No withdrawals are permitted from the Stock Ownership
   Contributions Account.

   All withdrawals pursuant to this provision shall be made first from the
   Participant's Before Tax Contributions Account and then from his Rollover
   Contributions Account, each to the extent sufficient, and finally from his
   Employer Matching Contributions Account, in each case being withdrawn from 
   such of the Participant's sub-accounts thereunder invested in the various 
   Investment Funds as provided for in the Plan and designated by the 
   Participant; provided, however, that if any amount to be withdrawn is 
   invested in the Company Stock Fund, amounts shall be written first from the 
   Participant's sub-account invested in the sub-fund primarily invested in 
   Company Stock - Class B before any amount is withdrawn from the Participant's
   sub-account invested primarily in Common Stock - Class A.
<PAGE>   33
   The provisions of this addendum shall control, and supersede all such
   in-service distributions (other than Hardship Distributions) provisions of
   the Plan, including those provisions contained in sections 3.11 and
   4.5(A)(2).
        
o  Hardship Distributions:

   Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, a Participant may request a hardship
   distribution. In the event a Participant is entitled to a hardship
   distribution, the distributions shall first be made from the vested portion
   of the Participant's Employer Matching Contributions Account, to the extent
   sufficient, and then from his Before Tax Contributions Account (excluding,
   in the case of a Participant who has not attained  age 59 1/2, that portion
   of his Before Tax Contributions Account attributable to earnings credited as
   of a date after December 31, 1988), in each case being withdrawn from such
   of the Participant's sub-accounts thereunder invested in the various
   Investment Funds as provided for in the Plan and designated by the
   Participant; provided, however, that if any amount to be withdrawn is
   invested in the Company Stock Fund, amounts shall be withdrawn first from
   the Participant's sub-account invested in the sub-fund primarily invested in
   Company Stock - Class B before any amount is withdrawn from the      
   Participant's sub-account invested primarily in Company Stock - Class A.

o  Administration of Certain Sub-Accounts Invested in Company Stock:

   For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1987, the Company
   shall make no further Stock Ownership Contributions to the Plan, and no
   allocations of Stock Ownership Contributions shall be made, and no amendment
   shall be made to the Plan governing the amount, price, and timing of any
   grant or award of Company Stock pursuant to the Stock Ownership
   Contributions feature of the Plan more frequently than once every six
   months, other than to comport with changes in the Code, ERISA, or the rules
   thereunder. However, the Trustee shall continue to maintain the Stock
   Ownership Contributions Fund, and accounts thereunder to account for Stock
   Ownership Contributions made to the Plan, distinguishing between those made
   before January 1, 1987 and those made after December 31, 1986. Dividends and
   other distributions received on Company Stock held in the Stock Ownership
   Fund shall be reinvested in Company Stock. Each Qualified Participant (as
   defined below) shall be permitted to elect distribution of 25 percent of the
   value of the portion of his Stock Ownership Contribution Account that is
   attributable to Company Stock acquired by the Plan after December 31, 1986,
   as determined below, within 90 days after the last day of each Plan Year
   during the Qualified Participant's Qualified Election Period (as defined
   below).

   Within 90 days after the close of the last Plan Year in the Qualified
   Participant's Qualified Election Period, a Qualified Participant may elect
   distribution of 50 percent of the value of such portion of such Account. The
   Qualified Participant's election shall be provided to the Company in writing
   and shall be effective no later than 180
        

<PAGE>   34
   days after the close of the Plan Year to which it relates. In the event a
   Qualified Participant makes such an election, the Trustee shall distribute
   (notwithstanding section 409(d) of the Code) the portion of the Qualified
   Participant's Stock Ownership Contributions Account balance that is covered
   by the election within 90 days after the last day of the period during which
   the election can be made. This provision shall apply notwithstanding any
   other provisions of the Plan other than such provisions as require the
   consent of the Participant to a distribution with a present value in excess
   of $3,500. If the Qualified Participant does not consent to a distribution
   under this provision, such amount shall be retained in the Trust. Any
   distribution under this provision shall be made first from Company Stock
   allocated to the Qualified Participant's Stock Ownership Contribution
   Account at least 84 months before the month in which the distribution
   occurs. For purposes of this provision, in determining the portion of a
   Qualified Participant's Stock Ownership Contribution Account attributable to
   Company Stock which were acquired by the Plan after December 31, 1986, the
   following Company Stock shall be disregarded:

   1. Company Stock acquired by or contributed to the Plan on or before
      December 31, 1986, but allocated to Participant's accounts after that 
      date;
   2. Company Stock acquired by or contributed to the Plan after December 31,
      1986, if with respect to such Company Stock a tax credit was calculated
      with reference to compensation paid or accrued prior to January 1, 1987,
      such Company Stock was acquired or contributed within the time period
      provided in section 404(a)(6) of the Code plus such additional time
      allowed for contributions to the Plan under sections 41(c)(2) and
      41(c)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, and the Company Stock was
      allocated as of a date no later than the last day of the Plan year ending
      within the Company's first taxable year ending on or after December 31,
      1986;
   3. Company Stock acquired after December 31, 1986, which was purchased with
      contributions made to the Plan in cash on or before December 31, 1986, if
      such contributions were used to purchase Company Stock within 60 days
      after the date of the contributions;
   4. Company Stock acquired after December 31, 1986, which was purchased with
      earnings or dividends paid in cash on or before December 31, 1986, if such
      earnings or dividends were used to purchase Company Stock within 60 days
      from the date of payment to the Plan; and,
   5. Any other Company Stock permitted to be disregarded for this purpose under
      federal regulations or other administrative pronouncement of the Internal
      Revenue Service.

   In determining the Company Stock subject to the diversification
   election under this provision, it shall be presumed that Company Stock
   allocated to separate accounts after December 31, 1986, consists first of
   those acquired or contributed after such date. To the extent that the fair
   market value, determined at the Valuation Date immediately preceding the
   first day on which a Qualified Participant is eligible to make a
   diversification election, of the Company Stock acquired or contributed to
   the Plan after December 31, 1986, and allocated to a Qualified Participant's
   Stock Ownership
<PAGE>   35
   Contribution Account is $500 or less, then the foregoing provisions
   permitting a diversification election shall not apply with respect to such
   Qualified Participant for such year. The portion of a Qualified
   Participant's Stock Ownership Contribution Account subject to the
   diversification election in each year in the Qualified Election Period shall
   be determined by computing either 25 percent or 50 percent, as the case may
   be, of the shares of Company Stock subject to the diversification election
   that have ever been allocated to his Stock Ownership Contribution Account on
   or before the most recent allocation date and reducing such amount by the
   number of shares previously distributed to him pursuant to diversification
   election.
        
   For purposes of this provision, a "Qualified Participant" shall mean a
   Participant or former Participant who has attained age 55 and completed at
   least ten years of participation in the Plan, and the "Qualified Election
   Period" shall mean the six-Plan Year-period beginning with the later of the
   first Plan Year in which an individual becomes a Qualified Participant or the
   first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1986.
        
ITEM B(15)(d): INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS:

   Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant may not
   elect to invest any interest he or she may have in the Plan in certain
   Confederation Life Insurance Company investment contracts ("Contracts"), nor
   reinvest any interest the Participant may have currently invested in the
   Contracts until such time as the Trustee may receive from Confederation Life
   Insurance Company cash proceeds from the liquidation of all or any portion
   of the Contracts pursuant to a plan of rehabilitation or plan of
   liquidation under which Confederation Life Insurance Company will honor, at
   least in part, its obligations under the terms of the Contracts.
        
ITEM B(15)(f): INVESTMENT DIRECTION ADDENDUM:

   Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant
   does not direct that Before Tax Contributions to the Plan be invested in
   either Company Stock Fund, the Employer Matching Contribution allocated to
   that Participant's account shall be invested in the sub-fund of the Employer
   Stock Fund invested in the sub-fund invested in Company Stock - Class B. In
   the event that a Participant designates a portion of his future Before Tax
   Contributions be invested in the sub-fund of the Company Stock Fund invested
   primarily in Company Stock - Class A (but no portion for investment in the
   sub-fund invested in Company Stock - Class B), then Employer Matching
   Contributions shall be invested in the sub-fund invested in Company Stock -
   Class A. In the event that a Participant designates a portion of his future
   Before Tax Contributions be invested in the sub-fund of the Company Stock
   Fund invested primarily in Company Stock - Class B (but no portion for
   investment in the sub-fund invested in Company Stock - Class A), then
   Employer Matching Contributions shall be invested in the sub-fund invested in
   Company Stock - Class B. In the event that a Participant designates a portion
   of his future Before Tax Contributions be invested in each of the sub-funds
   investing in Company Stock - Class A and Company Stock-
        

<PAGE>   36
Class B, Employer Matching Contributions made on such Participant's behalf
shall be invested proportionately in each of the sub-funds investing primarily
in Company Stock - Class A and Company Stock - Class B.

ITEM C(4)(c)(ii): ALLOCATION OF EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

   Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, contributions
   attributed to Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to Item C(4)(a)
   of the Adoption Agreement shall be allocated to the accounts of the
   Participants as of the same time as the Participant's Before Tax
   Contributions to which the Employer Matching Contributions relate are
   allocated to Participant accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
   purposes of computing Annual Additions pursuant to section 6.6(A)(1), ADP
   pursuant to section 3.1(A)(1), or ACP pursuant to section 3.1(A)(4), of the
   Basic Plan Document, contributions made after the end of a Plan Year that
   relate to a Participant's Compensation paid before the end of the Plan Year
   shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the
   Participant was paid the Compensation to which the contribution relates.
   Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to Item C(4)(b) of the Adoption
   Agreement shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year, and only to
   those Participant's otherwise eligible to receive an allocation of an
   Employer Matching Contribution who are employed on the last day of the Plan
   Year.

MODIFICATIONS OF PROVISIONS IN THE BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT:

o  Eligibility One Year Hold Out:

   The Eligibility One Year Hold-Out Rule of Participants who incur a 1-year
   Break in Service contained in section 2.1(D)(1) (and (4)) of the Basic Plan 
   Document shall not be applicable to this Plan. A Participant who incurs a 
   Break in Service (of any period) shall be immediately eligible to recommence
   participation in the Plan.

o  Vesting One Year Hold Out

   The Vesting One Year Hold Out Rule for Participants who incur a 1-year Break
in Service contained in section 2.2(C) of the Basic Plan Document shall not be
applicable to this Plan. For a Participant with one Hour of Service on or
after January 1, 1989, Years of Service for vesting purposes shall mean his
total Years of Service (whether performed prior to or after a Break in
Service).
<PAGE>   37


                                                       Basic Plan Document No.05





                                    PRISM(R)
                              PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT
                                 PLAN AND TRUST
<PAGE>   38

                  PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
Article                                                                             Page
<S>     <C>                                                                          <C>
 I      DEFINITIONS...............................................................    1

        1.1     Definitions.......................................................    1
        1.2     Gender and Number.................................................    11
        1.3     Control of Trades or Businesses by Owner-Employee.................    11

 II     ELIGIBILITY AND VESTING...................................................    11

        2.1     Eligibility.......................................................    11
        2.2     Vesting...........................................................    13

 III    CODE 401(k) AND CODE 401(m) ARRANGEMENTS..................................    15

        3.1     Provision Relating to Both Before Tax Contributions and After
                    Tax Contributions.............................................    15
        3.2     Before Tax Contributions (Elective Deferrals).....................    18
        3.3     After Tax Contributions (Employee Contributions)..................    22
        3.4     Employer Contributions............................................    23
        3.5     Limitations on After Tax Contributions (Employee Contributions)
                    and Matching Contributions....................................    25
        3.6     Net Profits Not Required if So Elected in Adoption Agreement......    28
        3.7     Form, Payment and Allocation of Contributions.....................    28
        3.8     Distribution Requirements for Before Tax Contribution Account.....    28
        3.9     Hardship Distribution.............................................    29
        3.10    Withdrawal of After Tax Contributions.............................    30
        3.11    Withdrawal of Matching Contributions..............................    31

 IV     OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS.......................................................    31

        4.1     Employer Contributions............................................    31
        4.2     Separate Accounts.................................................    31
        4.3     Vesting...........................................................    31
        4.4     Limitation on Employer Contributions..............................    31
        4.5     Employee Contributions............................................    32
        4.6     Exclusive Benefit.................................................    33
</TABLE>


                                       i
<PAGE>   39
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                           <C>   
        4.7     Form, Payment and Allocation of Contributions.....................    34
        4.8     Safe Harbor Allocation............................................    34

V       PERIOD OF PARTICIPATION...................................................    34

        5.1     Termination Dates.................................................    34
        5.2     Restricted Participation..........................................    35

VI      ACCOUNTING................................................................    36

        6.1     Accounts Established..............................................    36
        6.2     Employer Contributions Considered Made on Last Day of
                    Plan Year.....................................................    36
        6.3     Accounting Steps..................................................    36
        6.4     Allocation of Employer Contributions..............................    36
        6.5     Allocation of Forfeitures.........................................    37
        6.6     Limitation on Allocations.........................................    37
        6.7     Reports to Participants...........................................    45

VII     PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCES...............................................    45

        7.1     Termination of Employment Upon Disability or Death................    45
        7.2     Timing for Determining Account Balance Upon Termination
                    of Employment Prior to Retirement, Disability or Death........    45
        7.3     Vesting on Distribution Before Break-in-Service; Cash-Outs........    45
        7.4     Restrictions on Immediate Distributions...........................    46
        7.5     Commencement of Benefits..........................................    47
        7.6     Timing and Modes of Distribution..................................    47
        7.7     Designation of Beneficiary........................................    54
        7.8     Optional Forms of Benefit.........................................    55
        7.9     Distribution Upon Disability......................................    55
        7.10    Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements...........................    55
        7.11    Distributions to Qualified Plans..................................    61
        7.12    Profit Sharing Plans and 401(k) Profit Sharing Plans Only -
                    Withdrawal of Employer Contributions..........................    61
        7.13    Prohibition Against Alienation....................................    61
        7.14    Missing Participant or Beneficiary................................    62
        7.15    Limitation on Certain Distributions...............................    62
        7.16    Form of Distributions and Withdrawals.............................    62

VIII    DIRECT ROLLOVERS..........................................................    63

        8.1     General...........................................................    63
        8.2     Definitions.......................................................    63
</TABLE>



                                       ii
<PAGE>   40
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                           <C>                             
IX      TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS......................................................    64

        9.1     Use of Top-Heavy Provisions.......................................    64
        9.2     Top-Heavy Definitions.............................................    64
        9.3     Minimum Allocation................................................    67
        9.4     Minimum Vesting Schedules.........................................    67

X       TRUSTEE...................................................................    68

        10.1    Trustee...........................................................    68
        10.2    Records and Accounts of Trustee...................................    68
        10.3    Reports to Employer...............................................    68
        10.4    Powers of Trustee.................................................    68
        10.5    Trustee's Fees and Expenses.......................................    70
        10.6    Trustee May Resign or Be Removed..................................    71
        10.7    Separate Investment Funds.........................................    72
        10.8    Registration, Distribution and Voting of Employer Stock and
                    Procedures Regarding Tender Offers............................    75
        10.9    Valuation of Investment Funds and Accounts........................    78

XI      ADMINISTRATION............................................................    79

        11.1    Committee Membership..............................................    79
        11.2    Powers and Duties of Committee....................................    79
        11.3    Actions of the Committee..........................................    80
        11.4    Resignation, Removal and Designation of Successors................    81
        11.5    Committee Review..................................................    81
        11.6    Records...........................................................    81
        11.7    Compensation......................................................    81
        11.8    Designation of Named Fiduciaries and Allocation of
                    Responsibility Among Fiduciaries..............................    81
        11.9    Notice by Committee or Employer...................................    82
        11.10   Loans to Participants.............................................    82

XII     FAILURE TO ATTAIN OR RETAIN QUALIFIED STATUS..............................    85

        12.1    Failure to Qualify as a Prototype.................................    85
        12.2    Failure of Employer to Attain or Retain Qualification.............    85

XIII    MISCELLANEOUS.............................................................    85

        13.1    Employer Action...................................................    85
        13.2    No Guarantee of Interests.........................................    85
        13.3    Employment Rights.................................................    85
        13.4    Interpretations and Adjustments...................................    86
</TABLE>


                                      iii
<PAGE>   41
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                           <C>
        13.5    Uniform Rules.....................................................    86
        13.6    Evidence..........................................................    86
        13.7    Waiver of Notice..................................................    86
        13.8    Controlling Law...................................................    86
        13.9    Tax Exemption of Trust............................................    86
        13.10   Counterparts......................................................    86
        13.11   Annual Statement of Account.......................................    86
        13.12   No Duty to Inquire................................................    86
        13.13   Invalidity........................................................    86
        13.14   Titles............................................................    86
        13.15   No Duty of Trustee to Collect Contributions.......................    86
        13.16   Trustee Distributes by Committee Direction........................    87

XIV     AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION..................................................    87

        14.1    Amendment by the Sponsor..........................................    87
        14.2    Amendment by Adopting Employer....................................    87
        14.3    Vesting - Plan Termination........................................    87
        14.4    Vesting - Complete Discontinuance of Contributions................    88
        14.5    Plan Merger - Maintenance of Benefit..............................    88
        14.6    Direct Transfer...................................................    88
        14.7    Termination of Participation by Employer..........................    88
        14.8    Notice of Amendment, Termination or Partial Termination...........    88
        14.9    Substitution of Trustee...........................................    88

XV      DISCHARGE OF DUTIES BY FIDUCIARIES........................................    89

        15.1    Discharge of Duties...............................................    89

XVI     AMENDMENT AND CONTINUATION OF ORIGINAL PLAN...............................    89

        16.1    Amendment and Continuation........................................    89
</TABLE>





                                       iv
<PAGE>   42
                  PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST

                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS

1.1     DEFINITIONS. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the following
        terms, when used herein with initial capital letters, shall have the
        meanings set forth below:

        (A)     ACCOUNTING DATE:  The date which is the last business day of
                each month of the Employer's Plan Year or such other date as may
                be agreed upon between the Employer and the Trustee, but only if
                the Employer has specifically requested the Trustee to prepare
                an accounting on or before such date. Notwithstanding the
                foregoing, the Trustee shall value the assets held in the Trust
                on each business day that the Trustee and the New York Stock
                Exchange are open for business.

        (B)     ADOPTION AGREEMENT: The Adoption Agreement adopting this Plan
                which has been executed by the Employer and accepted by the
                Trustee, including any amendment thereof, which is incorporated
                herein by reference.

        (C)     BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT: This document, which, in connection with
                the Adoption Agreement forms the Plan.

        (D)     BENEFICIARY:  The person or persons to whom a deceased
                Participant's benefits are payable under the Plan.

        (E)     BREAK IN SERVICE: A 12-consecutive month period during which the
                Participant does not complete more than one-half of the Hours of
                Service with the Employer required for a Year of Service, as
                elected in the Adoption Agreement. For eligibility purposes, the
                initial 12-consecutive month period is the period beginning on
                the Employees date of hire. Subsequent 12-consecutive month
                periods for eligibility purposes will be either the period
                ending on the annual anniversary of the Employee's date of hire
                or the Plan Year, as selected in the Adoption Agreement.  For
                all other purposes, the 12-consecutive month period shall be the
                Plan Year, or other computation period as selected in the
                Adoption Agreement. If the elapsed time method of crediting
                service is elected in the Adoption Agreement, "Break In Service"
                will mean a Period of Severance of at least 12 consecutive
                months.

        (F)     CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and amendments thereto.

        (G)     COMMITTEE:  The Committee provided for in Article XI, which
                shall be a Named Fiduciary as defined in the Employee Retirement
                Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"). To the extent
                that the Employer does not appoint a Committee, the Employer
                shall have the duty of the day to day administration of the Plan
                and shall be the Named Fiduciary for that purpose.

        (H)     COMPENSATION: Compensation shall have the following various
                definitions, as may be appropriate within the context of the
                Plan:
<PAGE>   43

                (1)     Compensation as that term is defined in Section 6.6(A)
                        of the Plan. For any Self-Employed Individual covered
                        under the Plan, Compensation will mean Earned Income.
                        Compensation shall include only that compensation which
                        is actually paid to the Participant during the
                        determination period. Except as provided elsewhere in
                        this Plan, the determination period shall be the period
                        elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If
                        the Employer makes no election, the determination period
                        shall be the Plan Year. For purposes of allocations of
                        Employer Profit Sharing or Matching Contributions, the
                        definition of Compensation in Section 6.6(A)(2)(a)
                        shall be used, as modified in the Adoption Agreement.

                        Notwithstanding the above, if elected by the Employer in
                        the Adoption Agreement, Compensation for allocation
                        purposes shall include any amount which is contributed
                        by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
                        and which is not includible in the gross income of the
                        employee under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 
                        403(b) of the Code.

                (2)     For years beginning after December 31, 1988, and prior
                        to January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each
                        Participant taken into account for determining all
                        benefits provided under the Plan for any determination
                        period shall not exceed $200,000. This limitation shall
                        be adjusted by the Secretary at the same time and in the
                        same manner as under Section 415(d) of the Code except
                        that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any
                        calendar year is effective for plan years beginning in
                        such calendar year and the first adjustment to the
                        $200,000 limitation is effective on January 1, 1990.
                        After December 31, 1993, the annual Compensation of
                        each Participant taken into account for determining all
                        benefits provided under the Plan for any determination
                        period shall not exceed $150,000, or such other lesser
                        amount as may be specified in the Adoption Agreement.
                        This limitation shall be adjusted by the Secretary at
                        the same time and in the same manner as under Section
                        415(d) of the Code.  If a Plan determines Compensation
                        on a period of time that contains fewer than 12
                        calendar months, then the annual Compensation limit is
                        an amount equal to the annual Compensation limit for
                        the calendar year in which the Compensation period
                        begins multiplied by a ratio obtained by dividing the
                        number of full months in the period by 12.

                        In determining the Compensation of a Participant for
                        purposes of this limitation, the rules of Section
                        414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except in applying
                        such rules, the term "family" shall include only the
                        Spouse of the Participant and any lineal descendants of
                        the Participant who have not attained age 19 before the
                        close of the year. If, as a result of the application of
                        such rules the adjusted annual compensation limitation 
                        is exceeded, then (except for purposes of determining
                        the portion of Compensation up to the integration level
                        if this Plan provides for permitted disparity), the
                        limitation shall be prorated among the affected
                        individuals in proportion to each such individual's
                        Compensation as determined under this Section prior to
                        the application of this limitation.

                        If compensation for any prior determination period is
                        taken into account in determining an Employee's
                        allocations or benefits for the current determination
                        period, the compensation for such prior year is subject
                        to the applicable annual


                                     Page 2
<PAGE>   44

                        compensation limit in effect for that prior year. For
                        this purpose, for years beginning before January 1,
                        1990, the applicable compensation limit is $200,000.
                        In addition, in determining allocations in plan years
                        beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual
                        compensation limit in effect for determination
                        periods beginning before that date is $150,000.

        (I)     DISABILITY: The inability to engage in any substantial gainful
                activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or
                mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or
                which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous
                period of not less than twelve (12) months.  The permanence and
                degree of such impairment shall be supported by medical
                evidence.  The Employer shall determine the existence of a
                Disability based on its current disability policy, applied on a
                uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

        (J)     EARNED INCOME: The net earnings from self-employment in the
                trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established,
                for which personal services of the individual are a material
                income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without
                regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions
                allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by
                contributions by the Employer to a qualified Plan to the extent
                deductible under Section 404 of the Code. Net earnings shall be
                determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the taxpayer
                by Section 164(f) of the Code for taxable years beginning after
                December 31, 1989.

        (K)     EARLY RETIREMENT DATE:  The date specified in the Adoption
                Agreement at which a participating Employee may receive an early
                retirement benefit.

        (L)     EFFECTIVE DATE:  The date specified in the Adoption Agreement
                which shall be the effective date of the provisions of this
                Plan, unless modified through an effective date addendum, as
                specified in Item A(18) of the Adoption Agreement.  If the Plan
                is a restatement of an existing Plan, the original effective
                date of the Plan shall be as specified in the Adoption
                Agreement.

        (M)     ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE: Any Employee who is eligible to receive an
                Employer contribution (including forfeitures), as defined in
                Item B(6) of the Adoption Agreement.

        (N)     ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD: For purposes of determining
                Years of Service and Breaks in Service for purposes of
                eligibility, the initial Eligibility Computation Period is the
                12-consecutive month period beginning on the Employee's
                Employment Commencement Date.

                (1)     For plans in which the Eligibility Computation Periods
                        commence on the 12-consecutive  month  anniversary  of
                        the  Employee's  Employment Commencement Date, the
                        succeeding 12-consecutive month periods commence with
                        the first anniversary of the Employee's Employment
                        Commencement Date.

                (2)     For plans in which the Eligibility Computation Period
                        shifts to the Plan Year, the succeeding 12-consecutive
                        month periods commence with the first Plan Year which
                        commences prior to the first anniversary of the
                        Employee's Employment Commencement Date regardless of
                        whether the Employee is entitled to be credited with
                        number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption
                        Agreement


                                     Page 3
<PAGE>   45
                        during the initial Eligibility Computation Period. An
                        Employee who is credited with number of Hours of Service
                        specified in the Adoption Agreement in both the initial
                        Eligibility Computation Period and the first Plan Year
                        which commences prior to the first anniversary of the
                        Employee's initial Eligibility Computation Period will
                        be credited with two Years of Service for purposes of
                        eligibility to participate.

                        Years of Service and Breaks in Service will be measured
                        on the same Eligibility Computation Period.

                (3)     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, if
                        the elapsed time method of crediting service is elected
                        in the Adoption Agreement for purposes of eligibility,
                        an Employee will receive credit for the aggregate of all
                        time periods completed (as may be elected in the
                        Adoption Agreement) beginning with the Employee's
                        Employment  Commencement Date or Reemployment
                        Commencement Date and ending on the date a Break In
                        Service begins. The Employee will receive credit for any
                        Period of Severance of less than 12 consecutive months.

        (0)     EMPLOYEE: Any employee, including any Self Employed Individual,
                of the Employer maintaining the Plan or of any other employer
                required to be aggregated with such Employer under Sections
                414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

                The term Employee shall also include any Leased Employee deemed
                to be an Employee of any Employer described in the previous
                paragraph as provided in Sections 414(n) or (o) of the Code.

        (P)     EMPLOYER: The Employer specified in the Adoption Agreement and
                any successor to the business of the Employer establishing the
                Plan, which shall be the Plan Administrator for purposes of
                Section 3(16) of ERISA, a Named Fiduciary as defined in ERISA,
                and which may delegate all or any part of its powers, duties and
                authorities in such capacity without ceasing to be such Plan
                Administrator.

        (Q)     EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date on which an Employee
                first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.

        (R)     ENTRY DATE: The date selected by the Employer in Item B(6)(d) of
                the Adoption Agreement, which shall be:

                (1)     The Effective Date of the Plan, for any Employee who has
                        satisfied the eligibility requirements set forth in the
                        Adoption Agreement;

                (2)     The first day of the month which coincides with or
                        immediately follows the date on which the Employee
                        satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in the
                        Adoption Agreement;

                (3)     The first day of the Plan Year or the fourth, seventh,
                        or tenth month of the Plan




                                     Page 4
<PAGE>   46
                        Year which coincides with or immediately follows the
                        date on which the Employee satisfies such eligibility
                        requirements;

                (4)     The first day of the Plan Year or the seventh month of
                        the Plan Year which coincides with or immediately
                        follows the date on which the Employee satisfies such
                        eligibility requirements;

                (5)     The first day of the Plan Year, but only if the
                        eligibility service requirements specified in Item
                        B(6)(d) are six months or less; or,

                (6)     As soon as practicable after the Employee satisfies such
                        eligibility requirements specified in the Adoption
                        Agreement, but in no event beyond the date which would
                        be six months following the date on which the Employee
                        first completes the eligibility requirements specified
                        in the Adoption Agreement.
        
        (S)     ERISA: The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
                amended.

        (T)     HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE: The term Highly Compensated
                Employee includes highly compensated active employees and highly
                compensated former employees.

                A highly compensated active employee includes any Employee who
                performs service for the Employer during the determination year
                and who, during the look-back year: (i) received Compensation
                from the Employer in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted pursuant to
                Section 415(d) of the Code); (ii) received Compensation from the
                Employer in excess of $50,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section
                415(d) of the Code) and was a member of the top-paid group for
                such year; or (iii) was an officer of the Employer and received
                Compensation during such year that is greater than 50 percent of
                the dollar limitation in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of
                the Code. The term Highly Compensated Employee also includes:
                (i) Employees who are both described in the preceding sentence
                if the term "determination year" is substituted for the term
                "look-back year" and the Employee is one of the 100 Employees
                who receive the most compensation from the Employer during the
                determination year; and (ii) Employees who are 5 percent owners
                at any time during the look-back year or determination year.

                If no officer has satisfied the Compensation requirement of
                (iii) above during either a determination year or look-back
                year, the highest paid officer for such year shall be treated as
                a Highly Compensated Employee.

                For this purpose, the determination year shall be the Plan Year.
                The look-back year shall be the twelve-month period immediately
                preceding the determination year.  A highly compensated former
                employee includes any Employee who separated from service (or
                was deemed to have separated) prior to the determination year,
                performs no service for the Employer during the determination
                year, and was a highly compensated active employee for either
                the separation year or any determination year ending on or after
                the Employee's 55th birthday.

                If an Employee is, during a determination year or look-back
                year, a family member of


                                     Page 5
<PAGE>   47
                either a 5 percent owner who is an active or former employee or
                a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of the 10 most Highly
                Compensated Employees ranked on the basis of Compensation paid
                by the Employer during such year, then the family member and the
                5 percent owner or top-ten Highly Compensated Employee shall be
                aggregated. In such case, the family member and 5 percent
                owner or top-ten Highly Compensated Employee shall be treated
                as a single employee receiving Compensation and Plan
                contributions or benefits equal to the sum of such Compensation
                and contributions or benefits of the family member and 5
                percent owner or top-ten Highly Compensated Employee.

                For purposes of this Section, family member includes the Spouse,
                lineal ascendants and descendants of the employee or former
                employee and the spouses of such lineal ascendants and
                descendants.

                The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee,
                including the determinations of the number and identity of
                Employees in the top-paid group, the top 100 Employees, the
                number of Employees treated as officers and the Compensation
                that is considered, will be made in accordance with Section
                414(q) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

        (U)     HOUR OF SERVICE:

                (1)     Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                        payment, for the performance of duties for the
                        Employer. These hours shall be credited to the Employee
                        for the computation period in which the duties are
                        performed; and

                (2)     Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                        payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time
                        during which no duties are performed (irrespective of
                        whether the employment relationship has terminated) due
                        to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
                        Disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave
                        of absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be
                        credited under this paragraph for any single continuous
                        period (whether or not such period occurs in a single
                        computation period). Hours under this paragraph shall be
                        calculated and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2
                        of the Department of Labor Regulations which are
                        incorporated herein by reference; and

                (3)     Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation
                        of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the
                        Employer. The same Hours of Service shall not be
                        credited both under subparagraph (1) or subparagraph
                        (2), as the case may be, and under this subparagraph
                        (3). These hours shall be credited to the Employee for
                        the computation period or periods to which the award or
                        agreement pertains rather than for the computation
                        period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

                        Hours of Service will be credited for employment with
                        other members of an affiliated service group (under
                        Section 414(m)), a controlled group of corporations


                                     Page 6
<PAGE>   48

                        (under Section 414(b)), or a group of trades or
                        businesses under common control (under Section 414(c))
                        of which the adopting Employer is a member, and any
                        other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer
                        pursuant to Section 414(o).

                        Hours of Service will also be credited for any
                        individual considered an Employee for purposes of this
                        Plan under Sections 414(n) or 414(o).

                (4)     Where the Employer maintains the Plan of a predecessor
                        employer, service for such predecessor employer shall be
                        treated as service for the Employer. If the Employer
                        does not maintain the Plan of a predecessor employer,
                        the Plan does not credit service with the predecessor
                        employer, unless the Employer identifies the predecessor
                        in its Adoption Agreement and specifies the purposes for
                        which the Plan will credit service with that predecessor
                        employer.

                (5)     Solely for purposes of determining whether a
                        Break-in-Service, as defined in Section 1.1(E), for
                        participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a
                        computation period, an individual who is absent from
                        work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive
                        credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise
                        have been credited to such individual but for such
                        absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be
                        determined, 8 Hours of Service per day of such absence.
                        For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for
                        maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by
                        reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason
                        of a birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason
                        of the placement of a child with the individual in
                        connection with the adoption of such child by such
                        individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child
                        for a period beginning immediately following such
                        birth or placement.  The Hours of Service credited under
                        this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the computation
                        period in which the absence begins if the crediting is
                        necessary to prevent a Break-in-Service in that period,
                        or (2) in all other cases, in the following computation
                        period.

                (6)     Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the
                        method selected in the Adoption Agreement.

        (V)     INVESTMENT FUND: One of the funds provided for in Section 10.7,
                and as selected by the Employer, as a Named Fiduciary, on the
                Investment Fund Designation portion of the Adoption Agreement.

        (W)     LEASED EMPLOYEE: Any person (other than an employee of the
                recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient
                and any other person ("leasing organization") has performed
                services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related
                persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the
                Code) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at
                least one year, and such services are of a type historically
                performed by employees in the business field of the recipient
                employer.  Contributions or benefits provided a leased employee
                by the leasing organization which are attributable to services
                performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as
                provided by the recipient employer.

                                     Page 7
<PAGE>   49

                A leased employee shall not be considered an employee of the
                recipient if: (i) such employee is covered by a money purchase
                pension Plan providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer
                contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, as
                defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts
                contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are
                excludable from the employee's gross income under Section 125,
                Section 402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(b) or Section 403(b) of 
                the  Code, (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and
                immediate vesting; and (ii) leased employees do not constitute
                more than 20 percent of the recipient's nonhighly compensated 
                workforce.

        (X)     NET PROFITS: Current and accumulated earnings of the Employer
                before Federal and state taxes and contributions to this and any
                other qualified Plan, determined by the Employer in accordance
                with generally accepted accounting principles.

        (Y)     NONHIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE: An Employee of the Employer who
                is neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family Member.

        (Z)     NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE: The date specified in the Adoption
                Agreement at which a participant shall become fully vested in
                his account balances, as provided for in this document.

        (AA)    OWNER-EMPLOYEE: An individual who is a sole proprietor, or who
                is a partner owning more than 10 percent of either the capital
                or profits interest of the partnership.

        (BB)    PAIRED PLANS: The Employer has adopted Plan #001 and Plan # 003,
                both using this basic Plan document, which constitutes a set of
                "paired plans" as defined by the Internal Revenue Service in
                Revenue Procedure 89-9, or any successor thereto.

        (CC)    PARTICIPANT: A person who becomes eligible to participate in
                accordance with the provisions of Article II, and whose
                participation has not been terminated.

        (DD)    PERMITTED DISPARITY LEVEL: The level selected in the Adoption
                Agreement, not to exceed the Taxable Wage Base in effect at the
                beginning of the Plan Year

        (EE)    PERIOD OF SERVICE: The period beginning on the Employee's
                Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date,
                and ending on the date a Period of Severance begins. The
                Employee will receive credit for any Period of Service of less
                than 12 consecutive months. Fractional periods of a year will be
                expressed in days.

        (FF)    PERIOD OF SEVERANCE: A continuous period of time during which
                the Employee is not employed by the Employer. A Period of
                Severance begins on the date the Employee retires, quits, or is
                discharged, or dies, or if earlier, the twelve month anniversary
                of the date on which the Employee was first absent from work for
                any other reason; provided, that is an Employee is absent from
                work for any other reason and retires, quits, is discharged, or
                dies within 12 months, the Period of Severance begins on the day
                the Employee quits, retires, is discharged, or dies.


                                     Page 8
<PAGE>   50

        (GG)    PLAN: This Plan established by the Employer as embodied in this
                agreement and in the Adoption Agreement, and all subsequent
                amendments thereto.

        (HH)    PLAN YEAR:  The 12-consecutive month period designated by the
                Employer in the Adoption Agreement. In the event that the
                original Effective Date is not the first day of the Plan Year,
                the first Plan Year shall be a short Plan Year, beginning on the
                original Effective Date, and ending on the last day of the Plan
                Year as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

        (II)    QUALIFIED DISTRIBUTION DATE: For purposes of Section 7.13, the
                Qualified Distribution Date, if selected in the Adoption
                Agreement, shall be the earliest retirement date specified in
                Code Section 414(p) and shall operate to allow a distribution to
                an Alternate Payee at the time a domestic relations order is
                determined to be qualified.

        (JJ)    REEMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date on which an Employee
                completes an Hour of Service with the Employer after a Break In
                Service or a Period of Severance.

        (KK)    RELATED EMPLOYERS: Any employer related to the Employer as a
                controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b)
                of the Code), a group of trades or businesses (whether or not
                incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in
                Section 414(c)) or an affiliated service group (as defined in
                Section 414(m) or in Section 414(o) of the Code). If the
                Employer is a member of a related group, the term "Employer"
                includes the related group members for purposes of crediting
                Hours of Service, determining Years of Service and Breaks in
                Service under Article II, applying participation and coverage
                testing, applying the limitations on allocations in Section 6.6,
                applying the top heavy rules and the minimum allocation
                requirements of Article IX, the definitions of Employee, Highly
                Compensated Employee, Compensation and Leased Employee, and for
                any other purpose required by the applicable Code section or by
                a Plan provision. However, an Employer may contribute to the
                Plan only by signing the Adoption Agreement or a Participation
                Agreement to the Employer's Adoption Agreement. If one or more
                of the Employer's related group members become Participating
                Employers by executing a Participation Agreement to the
                Employer's Adoption Agreement, the term "Employer" includes the
                participating related group members for all purposes of the
                Plan, and "Plan Administrator" means the Employer that is the
                signatory to the Adoption Agreement.

                If the Employer's Plan is a standardized Plan, all Employees of
                the Employer or of any member of the Employer's related group,
                are eligible to participate in the Plan, irrespective of whether
                the related group member directly employing the Employee is a
                Participating Employer. If the Employer's Plan is a
                nonstandardized Plan, the Employer must specify in Item B(5) of
                its Adoption Agreement, whether the Employees of related group
                members that are not Participating Employers are eligible to
                participate in the Plan.  Under a nonstandardized Plan, the
                Employer may elect to exclude from the definition of
                "Compensation" for allocation purposes any Compensation received
                from a related employer that has not executed a Participation
                Agreement and whose Employees are not eligible to participate in
                the Plan.

                                     Page 9
<PAGE>   51

        (LL)    SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL: An individual who has Earned Income
                for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the
                Plan is established; also, an individual who would have had
                Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no
                Net Profits for the taxable year.

        (MM)    SPOUSE: The person to whom the Participant is legally married at
                the relevant time.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if selected
                in the Adoption Agreement, Spouse shall only refer to an
                individual to whom a Participant has been married to for a
                period of at least one year, ending at the relevant time.

        (NN)    STOCKHOLDER-EMPLOYEE:  An employee or officer of an electing
                small business (Subchapter S) corporation who owns (or is
                considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318(a)(1) of
                the Code), on any day during the taxable year of such
                corporation, more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the
                corporation.

        (00)    TERMINATION DATE: The date on which a Participant's employment
                is terminated as provided in Section 5.1.

        (PP)    TRUSTEE: The entity specified in Item B(17) of the Adoption
                Agreement, which shall be any bank or trust company which is
                affiliated with KeyCorp within the meaning of Section 1504 of
                the Code, each of which with full trust powers, and its
                successors by merger or reorganization.

        (QQ)    TRUST FUND: All assets held under the Plan by the Trustee.

        (RR)    VALUATION DATE. The date on which the assets of the Trust shall
                be valued, as provided for herein, with earning or losses since
                the previous Valuation Date being credited, as appropriate to
                Participant accounts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
                in the Plan, the Valuation date shall be each business day that
                the Trustee and the New York Stock Exchange are each open for
                business, provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be
                obligated to value the Trust in the event, through circumstances
                beyond its control, appropriate prices may not be obtained for
                the assets held in the Investment Funds.

        (SS)    VESTING COMPUTATION PERIOD. The Vesting Computation Period shall
                be the 12-consecutive month period selected by the Employer in
                the Adoption Agreement.

        (TT)    YEAR OF PARTICIPATION: For purposes of vesting, a twelve (12)
                month period in which an Employee has a balance in an account
                established under a 401(k)/401(m) arrangement regardless of
                whether the Employee is currently making contributions under the
                arrangement.

        (UU)    YEAR OF SERVICE: (i) If the elapsed time method of crediting
                service is elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Year of Service
                will mean a one-year Period of Service. If the actual hours
                method of crediting service is elected in the Adoption
                Agreement, a Year of Service will mean a 12-consecutive month
                period as specified in the Adoption Agreement


                                    Page 10
<PAGE>   52

                during which the Employee completes the number of Hours of
                Service (not to exceed 1000) specified in the Adoption
                Agreement.

1.2     GENDER AND NUMBER. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the masculine
        shall include the feminine, and the use of any words herein in the
        singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

1.3     CONTROL OF TRADES OR BUSINESSES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE. If this Plan provides
        contributions or benefits for one or more Owner-Employees who control
        both the business for which this Plan is established and one or more
        other trades or businesses, this Plan and the Plan established for other
        trades or businesses must, when looked at as a single Plan, satisfy
        Sections 401(a) and (d) for the employees of this and all other trades
        or businesses.

        If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
        Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or businesses, the
        employees of the other trades or businesses must be included in a Plan
        which satisfies Sections 401(a) and (d) and which provides contributions
        and benefits not less favorable than provided for Owner-Employees under
        this Plan.

        If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans of two
        or more trades or businesses which are not controlled and the individual
        controls a trade or business, then the contributions or benefits of the
        employees under the Plan of the trades or businesses which are
        controlled must be as favorable as those provided for him under the
        most favorable Plan of the trade or business which is not controlled.

        For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee, or two or
        more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control a trade or business
        if the Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees together:

        (1)     Own the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or business,
                or

        (2)     In the case of a partnership, own more than 50 percent of either
                capital interest or the profits interest in the partnership.

                For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or
                two or more Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning any
                interest in a partnership which is owned, directly or
                indirectly, by a partnership which such Owner-Employee, or such
                two or more Owner-Employees, are considered to control within
                the meaning of the preceding sentence.


                                   ARTICLE II
                            ELIGIBILITY AND VESTING

2.1     ELIGIBILITY.

        (A)     PARTICIPATION. Every Employee who meets the eligibility
                requirements specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement
                shall become eligible to commence participation in this Plan.



                                    Page 11
<PAGE>   53

        (B)     COMMENCEMENT OF PARTICIPATION.

                (1)     For purposes of Money Purchase Pension Plans, Profit
                        Sharing Plans and 401(k) Plans with Profit Sharing
                        Contributions, each Eligible Employee shall commence
                        participation on the Entry Date.

                (2)     For purposes of 401(k) and 401(m) arrangements, an
                        Eligible Employee may, but is not required to, enroll as
                        a Participant as of the Entry Date on which such Em-
                        ployee is initially eligible by filing with the
                        Committee before such date, an enrollment form
                        prescribed by the Committee. The time period for filing
                        an enrollment form shall be determined by the
                        Committee. The form shall include an authorization and
                        request to the Employer to deduct from such
                        Participant's Compensation in each pay period the
                        designated After Tax Contributions, and/or to reduce
                        such Participant's Compensation in each pay period by
                        the amount of the designated Before Tax Contributions.

        (C)     YEARS OF SERVICE COUNTED TOWARDS ELIGIBILITY. All Years of
                Service with the Employer are counted toward eligibility except
                the following:

                (1)     In a Plan which (a) requires an Employee to complete
                        more than one Year of Service as an eligibility
                        requirement and (b) provides immediate 100% vesting in a
                        Participant's Employer Contribution Account after not
                        more than two (2) Years of Service, if an Employee has
                        a 1-year Break in Service before satisfying the Plan's
                        requirement for eligibility, service before such break
                        will not be taken into account.

                (2)     In the case of a Participant who does not have any
                        nonforfeitable right to the account balance derived
                        from Employer contributions, Years of Service before a
                        period of consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service will not
                        be taken into account in computing eligibility service
                        if the number of consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service in
                        such period equals or exceeds the greater of 5 or the
                        aggregate number of Years of Service. Such aggregate
                        number of Years of Service will not include any Years of
                        Service disregarded under the preceding sentence by
                        reason of prior Breaks in Service.

                (3)     If a Participant's Years of Service are disregarded
                        pursuant to the preceding paragraph, such Participant
                        will be treated as a new Employee for eligibility
                        purposes. If a Participant's Years of Service may not be
                        disregarded pursuant to the preceding paragraph, such
                        Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan,
                        or, if terminated, shall participate immediately upon
                        reemployment.

        (D)     ELIGIBILITY BREAK IN SERVICE, ONE YEAR HOLD-OUT RULE. If the
                Plan is a nonstandardized Plan, then:

                (1)     In the case of any Participant who has a 1-year Break in
                        Service or Severance, years of eligibility service
                        before such break will not be taken into account until



                                    Page 12
<PAGE>   54

                        the Employee has completed a Year of Service after
                        returning to employment.

                (2)     For plans in which the eligibility computation is
                        measured with reference to the Employment Commencement
                        Date, such Year of Service will be measured beginning
                        on the Employee's Reemployment Commencement Date and, if
                        necessary, subsequent 12-consecutive month periods
                        beginning on anniversaries of the Reemployment
                        Commencement Date.

                (3)     For plans which shift the Eligibility Computation period
                        to the Plan Year, such Year of Service will be measured
                        by the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the
                        Employee's Reemployment Commencement Date and, if
                        necessary, Plan Years beginning with the Plan Year which
                        includes the first anniversary of the Reemployment
                        Commencement Date.

                (4)     If a Participant completes a Year of Service in
                        accordance with this provision, his or her participation
                        will be reinstated as a Participant as of the
                        Reemployment Commencement Date.

        (E)     PARTICIPATION UPON RETURN TO ELIGIBLE CLASS.

                (1)     In the event a Participant is no longer a member of an
                        eligible class of Employees and becomes ineligible to
                        participate but has not incurred a Break In Service,
                        such Employee shall participate immediately upon
                        returning to an eligible class of Employees.  If such
                        Participant incurs a Break In Service eligibility will
                        be determined under the Break in Service rules of the
                        Plan.

                (2)     In the event an Employee who is not a member of an
                        eligible class of Employees becomes a member of an
                        eligible class, such Employee will participate imme-
                        diately if such Employee has satisfied the minimum age
                        and service requirements and would have otherwise
                        previously become a Participant.

2.2     VESTING.

        (A)     VESTING SCHEDULE. In the case of an Employee who terminates
                participation under this Plan for any reason other than death,
                Disability, or employment at the Normal Retirement Date, such
                Participant, as of the last day of his participation under this
                Plan, shall have a vested interest in his Employer Contribution
                Account pursuant to the formula specified by the Employer in the
                Adoption Agreement.

        (B)     VESTING UPON NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE. Notwithstanding the vesting
                schedule elected by the Employer in Items B(7)(a) or C(4)(d) of 
                the Adoption Agreement, an Employee's right to his or her
                Employer Contribution balance shall be nonforfeitable at the
                Employee's Normal Retirement Date.

        (C)     VESTING BREAK IN SERVICE - 1 YEAR HOLDOUT. In the case of any
                Participant who has incurred a 1-year Break in Service, Years
                of Service before such break will not be taken into account
                until the Participant has completed a Year of Service after such
                Break in


                                    Page 13
<PAGE>   55
                Service.

        (D)     VESTING FOR PRE-BREAK AND POST-BREAK ACCOUNT. In the case of a
                Participant who has 5 or more consecutive 1-year Breaks in
                Service, all service after such Breaks in Service will be
                disregarded for the purpose of vesting the employer-derived
                account balance that accrued before such Breaks in Service. Such
                Participant's pre-break service will count in vesting the
                post-break employer-derived account balance only if either:

                (1)     such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the
                        account balance attributable to employer contributions
                        at the time of separation from service; or

                (2)     upon returning to service the number of consecutive
                        1-year Breaks in Service is less than the number of
                        Years of Service. Separate accounts will be maintained
                        for the Participant's pre-break and post-break Employer
                        Contribution Account balance. Both accounts will share
                        in the earnings and losses of the Trust Fund.

        (E)     AMENDMENT OF VESTING SCHEDULE. If the Plan's vesting schedule is
                amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or
                indirectly affects the computation of the Participant's
                nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by an
                automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, each
                Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service with the
                Employer may elect within a reasonable period after the adoption
                of the amendment or change, to have the nonforfeitable
                percentage computed under this Plan without regard to such
                amendment or change. For Participants who do not have at least
                1 Hour of Service in any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
                1988, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting "5
                Years of Service" for "3 Years of Service" where such language
                appears.

                This period during which the election may be made shall commence
                with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and
                shall end on the latest of:

                (1)   Sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted; 
                (2)   Sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes effective; or 
                (3)   Sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued written
                      notice of the amendment by the Employer or Committee.

        (F)     AMENDMENT AFFECTING VESTED AND/OR ACCRUED BENEFITS. No
                amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it
                has the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued benefit.
                Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant's account
                balance may be reduced to the extent permitted under Section
                412(c)(8) of the Code. For purposes of this paragraph, a Plan
                amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Participant's
                account balance or eliminating an optional form of benefit, with
                respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment
                shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit. Furthermore, if
                the vesting schedule of a Plan is amended, in the case of an
                Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such
                amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the
                nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such
                Employee's Employer-derived accrued benefit will not be less
                than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to
                such amendment.


                                    Page 14
<PAGE>   56
                                  ARTICLE III
                   CODE 401(k) AND CODE 401(m) ARRANGEMENTS

3.1     PROVISION RELATING TO BOTH BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS AND AFTER TAX
        CONTRIBUTIONS.

        (A)     DEFINITIONS: The following definitions are applicable to this
                Article of the Plan.

                (1)     ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE OR ADP: for a specified group
                        of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the
                        ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in
                        such group) of (1) the amount of Employer contributions
                        actually paid over to the trust on behalf of such
                        Participant for the Plan Year to (2) the Participant's
                        Compensation for such Plan Year (whether or not the
                        Employee was a Participant for the entire Plan Year, but
                        limited to that portion of the Plan Year in which the
                        Employee was an Eligible Participant if the Employer so
                        elects for such Plan Year to so limit Compensation for
                        all Eligible Employees). Employer contributions on
                        behalf of any Participant shall include (1) any Before
                        Tax Contributions made pursuant to the Participant's
                        deferral election, including Excess Before Tax
                        Contributions, but excluding Before Tax Contributions
                        that are taken into account in the Contribution
                        Percentage test (provided the ADP test is satisfied
                        both with and without exclusion of these Before Tax
                        Contributions); and (2) at the election of the
                        Employer, Qualified Non-elective Contributions and
                        Qualified Matching Contributions.  For purposes of
                        computing Actual Deferral Percentages, an Employee who
                        would be a Participant but for the failure to make
                        Before Tax Contributions shall be treated as a
                        participant on whose behalf no Before Tax Contributions 
                        are made.

                (2)     AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS ("EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS"): Any
                        contribution made to the Plan by or on behalf of a
                        Participant that is included in the Participant's gross
                        income in the year in which made and that is maintained
                        under a separate account to which earnings and losses
                        are allocated.

                (3)     AGGREGATE LIMIT: The sum of (i) 125 percent of the
                        greater of the ADP of the Non-highly Compensated
                        Employees for the Plan Year or the ACP of Non-highly
                        Compensated Employees under the Plan subject to Code
                        Section 401(m) for the Plan Year beginning with or
                        within the Plan Year of the cash or deferred arrangement
                        and (ii) the lesser of 200% or two plus the lesser of
                        such ADP or ACP.  "Lesser" is substituted for "greater"
                        in "(i)", above, and "greater" is substituted for
                        "lesser" after "two plus the" in "(ii)" if it would
                        result in a larger Aggregate Limit.

                (4)     AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE OR ACP: the average
                        (expressed as a percentage) of the Contribution
                        Percentages of the Eligible Participants in a group.

                (5)     BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS ("ELECTIVE DEFERRALS"):
                        Employer contributions made to the Plan at the election
                        of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, which
                        shall include contributions made pursuant to a salary
                        reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism.  With
                        respect to any taxable year, a Participant's


                                    Page 15
<PAGE>   57
                        Before Tax Contributions are the sum of all Employer
                        contributions made on behalf of such Participant
                        pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified
                        cash or deferred arrangement as described in Section
                        401(k) of the Code, any simplified employee pension cash
                        or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section
                        402(h)(1)(B), any eligible deferred compensation Plan
                        under Code Section 457, any Plan as described under Code
                        Section 457, any Plan as described under Code Section
                        501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions made on
                        behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity
                        contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary
                        reduction agreement.

                (6)     CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE: The ratio (expressed as a
                        percentage) of the Participant's Contribution Percentage
                        Amounts to the Participant's Compensation for the Plan
                        Year (whether or not the Employee was a Participant for
                        the entire Plan Year, but limited to that portion of the
                        Plan Year in which the Employee was an Eligible
                        Participant if the Employer so elects for such Plan
                        Year to so limit Compensation for all Eligible 
                        Employees).

                (7)     CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE AMOUNTS: The sum of the After
                        Tax Contributions, Matching Contributions, and Qualified
                        Matching Contributions (to the extent not taken into
                        account for purposes of the ADP test) made under the
                        Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year.
                        Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include
                        Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to
                        correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or because the
                        contributions to which they relate are Excess Before Tax
                        Contributions, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate
                        Contributions.  If so elected in the Adoption Agreement
                        the Employer may include Qualified Non-elective
                        Contributions in the Contribution Percentage Amounts.
                        The Employer also may elect to use Before Tax
                        Contributions in the Contribution Percentage Amounts so
                        long as the ADP test is met before the Before Tax
                        Contributions are used in the ACP test and continues to
                        be met following the exclusion of those Before Tax
                        Contributions that are used to meet the ACP test.

                (8)     ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT:  Any Employee who is eligible to
                        make an After Tax Contribution or a Before Tax
                        Contribution (if the Employer takes such contributions
                        into account in the calculation of the Contribution
                        Percentage), or to receive a Matching Contribution
                        (including forfeitures) or a Qualified Matching
                        Contribution. If an After Tax Contribution is required
                        as a condition of participation in the Plan, any
                        Employee who would be a Participant in the Plan if such
                        Employee made such a contribution shall be treated as an
                        eligible Employee on behalf of whom no After Tax
                        Contributions are made.

                (9)     EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS: With respect to any Plan
                        Year, the excess of:

                        (a)     The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts
                                taken into account in computing the numerator of
                                the Contribution Percentage actually made on
                                behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such
                                Plan Year, over

                        (b)     The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts
                                permitted by the ACP




                                    Page 16
<PAGE>   58
                                test (determined by reducing contributions made
                                on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in
                                order of their Contribution Percentages
                                beginning with the highest of such percentages).

                                Such determination shall be made after first
                                determining Excess Before Tax Contributions
                                pursuant to Section 3.2(D) and (E) and then
                                determining Excess Contributions pursuant to
                                section 3.2(F), (G) and (H).

                (10)    EXCESS BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS ("EXCESS ELECTIVE
                        DEFERRALS"): Those Before Tax Contributions that are
                        includible in a Participant's gross income under Section
                        402(g) of the Code to the extent such Participant's
                        Before Tax Contributions for a taxable year exceed the
                        dollar limitation under such Code section. Excess Before
                        Tax Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions
                        under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no
                        later than the first April 15 following the close of the
                        Participants taxable year.  Excess Before Tax
                        Contributions shall be adjusted for income or loss up to
                        the end of the taxable year of the Employee, and if
                        elected in the Adoption Agreement, for the income or
                        loss attributable to the period from the end of the
                        Employee's taxable year to the date of distribution (the
                        "Gap Period"). The income or loss allocable to Excess
                        Before Tax Contributions is (1) the income or loss
                        allocable to the Participant's Before Tax Contribution
                        Account for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction,
                        the numerator of which is such Participant's Excess
                        Before Tax Contributions for the year and the
                        denominator is the Participant's account balance
                        attributable to Before Tax Contributions without regard
                        to any income or loss occurring during such taxable year
                        plus, (2) if Gap Period income or loss applies, ten
                        percent of the amount determined under (1) multiplied by
                        the number of whole calendar months between the end of
                        the Participant's taxable year and the date of
                        distribution, counting the month of distribution if
                        distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.

                (11)    EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS: With respect to any Plan Year, the
                        excess of:

                        (1)     The aggregate amount of Employer contributions
                                actually taken into account in computing the ADP
                                of Highly Compensated Employee for such Plan
                                Year, over

                        (2)     The maximum amount of such contributions
                                permitted by the ADP test (determined by
                                reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly
                                Compensated Employee in order of the ADPs,
                                beginning with the highest of such percentages).

                (12)    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS: An Employer contribution made to
                        this or any other defined contribution Plan on behalf of
                        a Participant on account of an After Tax Contribution
                        made by such Participant, or on account of a
                        Participant's Before Tax Contribution, under a Plan
                        maintained by the Employer.

                (13)    QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS: Matching Contributions
                        which are subject to



                                    Page 17
<PAGE>   59
                        the distribution and nonforfeitability requirements
                        under Section 401(k) of the Code when made. Qualified
                        Matching Contributions shall be allocated, in the
                        discretion of Employer, to the accounts of all
                        Employees, or only to the accounts of Non-highly
                        Compensated Employees.

                (14)    QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS:  Contributions
                        (other than Matching Contributions or Qualified Matching
                        Contributions) made by the Employer and allocated to
                        Participants' accounts that the Participants may not
                        elect to receive in cash until distributed from the
                        Plan; that are nonforfeitable when made; and that are
                        distributable only in accordance with the distribution
                        provisions that are applicable to Before Tax
                        Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions.
                        Qualified Non-elective Contributions shall be allocated,
                        in the discretion of Employer, to the accounts of all
                        Employees, or only to the accounts of Non-highly
                        Compensated Employees.

        (B)     NONFORFEITABILITY AND VESTING. The Participant's accrued
                benefits derived from Before Tax Contributions and After Tax
                Contributions are nonforfeitable and fully vested.

        (C)     NOTICE TO COMMITTEE.  The Committee shall set the time period
                during which a Participant may provide written notice to
                increase, decrease or terminate Before Tax Contributions and
                After Tax Contributions.

        (D)     SUSPENSION AFTER RECEIPT OF HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION. If the
                Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to have the "safe
                harbor" hardship rules apply, an Employee's Before Tax
                Contributions and After Tax Contributions shall be suspended for
                twelve months after the receipt by such Employee of a Hardship
                distribution (as defined in Section 3.9) from this Plan or any
                other Plan maintained by the Employer.

        (E)     SEPARATE ACCOUNTS.  Separate accounts for Before Tax
                Contributions and After Tax Contributions will be maintained for
                each Participant. Each account will be credited with the
                applicable contributions and earnings thereon.

3.2     BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. (ELECTIVE DEFERRALS).

        (A)     ALLOCATION OF BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. If the Employer selects
                Item C(2) in the Adoption Agreement, for each Plan Year the
                Employer will contribute and allocate to each Participant's
                Before Tax Contribution Account an amount equal to the amount of
                the Participant's Before Tax Contributions. The provisions of
                the cash or deferred arrangement may be made effective as of the
                first day of the Plan Year in which the cash or deferred option
                is adopted, however, under no circumstances may a salary
                reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism be adopted
                retroactively.  Before Tax Contributions must be contributed
                and allocated to the Plan no later than thirty (30) days after
                the close of the Plan Year for which the contributions are
                deemed to be made, or such other time as provided in applicable
                regulations under the Code.

        (B)     BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS PURSUANT TO A SALARY REDUCTION
                AGREEMENT. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, a
                Participant may elect to have Before Tax


                                    Page 18
<PAGE>   60
                Contributions made under this Plan.  Before Tax Contributions
                shall be continuing contributions through payroll deduction made
                pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.

                (1)     COMMENCEMENT OF BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.  An Employee
                        may elect to commence Before Tax Contributions as of his
                        or her Entry Date as described in Section 2.1(B). Such
                        election shall not become effective before the Entry
                        Date.  Such election may not be made retroactively.

                (2)     MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION OF BEFORE TAX
                        CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant's election to commence
                        Before Tax Contributions shall remain in effect until
                        modified or terminated. A Participant may increase or
                        decrease his or her Before Tax Contributions as of any
                        date as selected by the Employer in Item C(3) of the
                        Adoption Agreement upon notice to the Committee. A
                        Participant may terminate his or her election to make
                        Before Tax Contributions as of the Participant's next
                        wage payment date upon notice to the Committee.  Any
                        Participant who terminates Before Tax Contributions may
                        elect to recommence making Before Tax Contributions as
                        of the date selected by the Employer in Item C(3) of the
                        Adoption Agreement following his or her suspension of
                        contributions.

        (C)     CASH BONUSES. If Item C(2) of the Adoption Agreement is
                selected, a Participant may also enter into a salary reduction
                agreement on cash bonuses that, directing that the amount of
                such salary reduction be contributed to the Plan as a Before Tax
                Contribution, or received by the Participant in cash. A
                Participant shall be afforded a reasonable period to elect to
                defer amounts described in this Section 3.2 to the Plan. Such
                election shall not become effective before the Participant's
                Entry Date.

        (D)     MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.   A Participant's
                Before Tax Contributions are subject to any limitations imposed
                in Item C(2) of the Adoption Agreement, calculated on an annual
                basis, and any further limitations under the Plan.  No
                Participant shall be permitted to have Before Tax Contributions
                made under this Plan, or any other qualified Plan maintained by
                the Employer, during any taxable year in excess of the dollar
                limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect at the
                beginning of such taxable year. Furthermore, if an Employee
                receives a Hardship distribution (as defined in Section 3.9,
                utilizing the "safe harbor" rules) from this Plan or any other
                Plan maintained by the Employer, the Employee may not make
                Before Tax Contributions for the Employee's taxable year
                immediately following the taxable year of the Hardship
                distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Section
                402(g) of the Code for such taxable year less the amount of the
                Employee's Before Tax Contributions for the taxable year of the
                Hardship distribution.

        (E)     DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. If a
                Participant makes Before Tax Contributions to this Plan and to
                another Plan, and the Participant has made Excess Before Tax
                Contributions to one or more of the plans, the Participant may
                assign the amount of any such Excess Before Tax Contributions
                among the plans under which such Before Tax Contributions were
                made. The Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess Before
                Tax Contributions made during a taxable year of the Participant
                to this Plan by notifying the Committee on or before the date
                specified in the Adoption Agreement of


                                    Page 19
<PAGE>   61
        the amount of the Excess Before Tax Contributions to be assigned to the
        Plan. A Participant is deemed to notify the Committee of any Excess
        Before Tax Contributions that arise by taking into account only those
        Before Tax Contributions made under the Plan or plans of this Employer.

        Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Before Tax
        Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto,
        shall be distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant to whose
        account Excess Before Tax Contributions were assigned for the preceding
        year and who claims Excess Before Tax Contributions for such taxable
        year.

        The Participant's claim shall be in writing; shall be submitted to the
        Committee not later than the date elected in Item CC of the Adoption
        Agreement; shall specify the amount of the Participant's Excess Before
        Tax Contribution for the preceding calendar year; and shall be
        accompanied by the Participant's written statement that if such amounts
        are not distributed, such Excess Before Tax Contributions, when added to
        amounts deferred under other plans or arrangements described in Sections
        401(k), 408(k), or 403(b) of the Code, will exceed the limit imposed on
        the Participant by Section 402(g) of the Code for the year in which the
        deferral occurred.

(F)     ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE. The ADP for Participants who are Highly
        Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the ADP for Non-highly
        Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the
        following tests:

        (1)     1.25 LIMIT. The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
                Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP for
                Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the
                same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

        (2)     2.0 LIMIT. The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
                Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP for
                Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the
                same Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for
                Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not
                exceed the ADP for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated
                Employees by more than two (2) percentage points.

        (3)     SPECIAL RULES.

                (a)     The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated
                        Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have
                        Before Tax Contributions (and Qualified  Non-elective
                        Contributions, or  Qualified  Matching Contributions, or
                        both, if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of
                        the ADP test) allocated to his or her accounts under two
                        or more arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the
                        Code, that are maintained by the Employer, shall be
                        determined as if such Before Tax Contributions (and, if
                        applicable, such Qualified Non-elective Contributions or
                        Qualified Matching Contributions, or both,) were made
                        under a single arrangement.  If a Highly Compensated
                        Employee participates in two or more cash or


                                    Page 20
<PAGE>   62
                        deferred arrangements that have different Plan Years,
                        all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within
                        the same calendar year shall be treated as a single
                        arrangement.

                (b)     In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements
                        of Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) of the Code
                        only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if
                        one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such
                        Sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan,
                        then this section shall be applied by determining the
                        ADP of Employees as if all such plans were a single
                        Plan. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1989,
                        plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Section
                        401(k) of the Code only if they have the same Plan Year.

                (c)     For purposes of determining the ADP of a Participant who
                        is a 5-percent owner or one of the ten most highly-paid
                        Highly Compensated Employees, the Before Tax
                        Contributions (and Qualified Non-elective Contributions
                        or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated
                        as Before Tax Contributions for purposes of the ADP
                        test) and Compensation of such Participant shall include
                        the Before Tax Contributions (and, if applicable,
                        Qualified Non-elective Contributions) and Compensation
                        for the Plan Year of Family Members (as defined in
                        Section 414(q)(6) of the Code). Family Members, with
                        respect to such Highly Compensated Employees, shall be
                        disregarded as separate employees in determining the ADP
                        both for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated
                        Employees and for Participants who are Highly
                        Compensated Employees.

                (d)     For purposes of determining the ADP test, Before Tax
                        Contributions if treated as Before Tax Contributions and
                        Qualified Non-elective Contributions must be made before
                        the last day of the twelve-month period immediately
                        following the Plan Year to which contributions relate.

                (e)     The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                        demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP test and the amount
                        of Qualified Non-elective Contributions used in such
                        test.

                (f)     The determination and treatment of the ADP Amounts of
                        any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as
                        may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

(G)     DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS. Notwithstanding any other
        provision of the Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus
        any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last
        day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose accounts Excess
        Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year.  If such
        excess amounts are distributed more than 2-1/2 months after the last day
        of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a ten (10) percent
        excise tax will be imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan with
        respect to such amounts. Such distributions shall be

                                    Page 21
<PAGE>   63

        made to Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the respective
        portions of the Excess Contributions attributable to each of such
        Employees. Excess Contributions of Participants who are subject to the
        Family Member aggregation rules shall be allocated among the Family
        Members in proportion to the Before Tax Contributions (and amounts
        treated as Before Tax Contributions) of each Family Member that is
        combined to determine the combined ADP.

        Excess Contributions (including the amounts recharacterized) shall be
        treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.

        (1)     DETERMINATION OF INCOME OR LOSS. The Excess Contributions shall
                be adjusted for income or loss up to the date of distribution.
                The income or loss allocable to Excess Contributions is (1) the
                income or loss allocable to the Participant's Before Tax
                Contribution Account (and, if applicable, the Qualified
                Non-elective Contribution Account or the Qualified Matching
                Contribution Account or both) multiplied by a fraction, the
                numerator of which is such Participant's Excess Contribution for
                the year and the denominator is the Participant's account
                balance attributable to Before Tax Contributions (and Qualified
                Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions
                or both, if any of such contributions are included in the ADP
                test) without regard to any income or loss occurring during such
                taxable year, plus, (2) if Gap Period income or loss applies, as
                elected in the Adoption Agreement, ten percent of the amount
                determined under (1) multiplied by the number of whole calendar
                months between the end of the Plan Year and the date of
                distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution
                occurs after the 15th of such month.

        (2)     ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS. Excess Contributions shall
                be distributed from the Participant's Before Tax Contribution
                Account and Qualified Matching Contribution Account (if
                applicable) in proportion to the Participant's Before Tax
                Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the
                extent used in the ADP test) for the Plan Year. Excess
                Contributions shall be distributed from the participant's
                Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account only to the extent
                that such Excess Contributions exceed the balance in the
                Participant's Before Tax Contribution Account.

(H)     RECHARACTERIZATION.   If the Plan permits After Tax Contributions
        (Employee Contributions), Excess Contributions may be recharacterized
        pursuant to this subsection.  Recharacterized amounts may be used in the
        Plan from which Excess Contributions arose or in another Plan of the
        employer with the same Plan Year.

        (1)     TREATMENT OF AMOUNTS RECHARACTERIZED.  A Participant may treat
                his or her Excess Contributions as an amount distributed to the
                Participant and then contributed by the Participant to the Plan.
                Recharacterized amounts will remain nonforfeitable and subject
                to the same distribution requirements as Before Tax
                Contributions. Amounts may not be recharacterized by a Highly
                Compensated Employee to the extent that such amount in
                combination with other After Tax Contributions made by that
                Employee would exceed any stated limit under the

                                    Page 22
<PAGE>   64

                        Plan on After Tax Contributions.

                (2)     TIMING OF RECHARACTERIZATION. Recharacterization must
                        occur no later than two and one-half months after the
                        last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess
                        Contributions arose and is deemed to occur no earlier
                        than the date the last Highly Compensated Employee is
                        informed in writing of the amount recharacterized and
                        the consequences thereof. Recharacterized amounts will
                        be taxable to the Participant for the Participant's tax
                        year in which the Participant would have received them
                        in cash.

        (I)     ADJUSTMENTS TO BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGES. Anything to
                the contrary in this Article III notwithstanding, the Committee
                shall have the right to reduce the percentages designated
                pursuant to Section 3.2(B), of any one or more Highly
                Compensated Employees in a manner prescribed or approved by the
                Committee to the extent necessary or convenient to ensure that
                at least one of the ADP tests set forth in Section 3.2(F) is
                satisfied, but in no event shall such reduction result in a
                percentage less than zero. Any such reduction shall be effected
                quarterly, or more frequently as the Committee may determine and
                each affected Highly Compensated Employee shall be deemed to
                have elected the permissible percentage determined by the
                Committee. The Committee may, on a prospective basis, and
                subject to the percentage limits of Section 3.3 below, treat
                amounts contributed to the Plan pursuant to a salary reduction
                agreement as After Tax Contributions by each affected Highly
                Compensated Employee; provided that if any such reduction cannot
                be so treated because of the said percentage limits or because
                of the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 401(m) or
                otherwise, then the amount of such reduction (and any income
                allocable thereto) shall be distributed to each affected Highly
                Compensated Employee pursuant to Code Section 401(k)(8) or Code
                Section 401(m)(6), if applicable, not later than the close of
                the first 2-1/2 months of the Plan Year following the Plan Year
                in which the contribution was made.

3.3     AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. (EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS).

        (A)     ALLOCATION OF AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. If the Employer selects
                Item C(2)(b) in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will deduct
                from the Participant's pay and allocate to each Participant's
                After Tax Contribution Account an amount equal to the percentage
                of Compensation authorized by the Participant as an After Tax
                Contribution.  The Employer shall transmit After Tax
                Contributions to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after the
                month end in which such deductions are made.

        (B)     EMPLOYEE AUTHORIZES AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. To the extent
                provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may elect to
                make After Tax Contributions under the Plan.

                (1)     ELECTION TO MAKE AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. An Employee
                        may elect to make After Tax Contributions as of his or
                        her Entry Date as described in Section 2.1(B). Such
                        election will not become effective before the Entry
                        Date.

                (2)     MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION OF AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.
                        A Participant's election to commence After Tax
                        Contributions shall remain in effect until


                                    Page 23
<PAGE>   65
                        modified or terminated. A Participant may increase or
                        decrease his or her After Tax Contributions as selected
                        by the Employer in Item C(3) of the Adoption Agreement
                        upon written notice to the Committee. A Participant may
                        terminate his or her election to make After Tax
                        Contributions at any time as of the Participant's next
                        wage payment date upon written notice to the Committee.
                        Any Participant who terminates After Tax Contributions
                        may elect to recommence making After Tax Contributions
                        as of the date selected by the Employer in Item C(3) of
                        the Adoption Agreement following his or her suspension
                        of contributions.

        (C)     MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. A Participant's After
                Tax Contributions are subject to any limitations imposed in Item
                C(3) of the Adoption Agreement, calculated on an annual basis,
                and any further limitations under the Plan.

        (D)     CASH BONUSES.  If Item C(2)(c) of the Adoption Agreement is
                selected, a Participant may also enter into a salary reduction
                agreement on cash bonuses, directing that the amount of
                such salary reduction be contributed to the Plan as an After Tax
                Contribution, or received by the Participant in cash. A
                Participant shall be afforded a reasonable period to elect to
                defer amounts described in this Section 3.3 to the Plan. Such
                election shall not become effective before the Participant's
                Entry Date.

3.4     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

        (A)     MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. If elected by the Employer in the
                Adoption Agreement, the Employer will or may make Matching
                Contributions to the Plan. The amount of such Matching
                Contributions shall be calculated by reference to the
                Participants' Before Tax Contributions and/or After Tax
                Contributions as specified by the Employer in the Adoption
                Agreement.

        (B)     QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  If elected by the Employer in
                the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make Qualified Matching
                Contributions to the Plan.

                In addition, in lieu of distributing Excess Contributions as
                provided in Section 3.2(G) of the Plan, the Employer may make
                Qualified Matching Contributions on behalf of Employees that are
                sufficient to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage or
                the Average Contribution Percentage test, or both, pursuant to
                regulations under the Code.

        (C)     QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.  If elected by the
                Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make
                Qualified Non-elective Contributions to the Plan.

                In addition, in lieu of distributing Excess Contributions as
                provided in Section 3.2(G) of the Plan, or Excess Aggregate
                Contributions as provided in Section 3.5(C)) of the Plan, the
                Employer may make Qualified Non-elective Contributions on behalf
                of Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either the Actual
                Deferral Percentage or the Average Contribution Percentage test,
                or both, pursuant to regulations under the Code.

        (D)     SEPARATE ACCOUNTS.  An Employer Matching Account shall be
                maintained for a Participant's accrued benefit attributable to
                Matching Contributions.  A Qualified


                                    Page 24
<PAGE>   66

                Matching Contribution Account shall be maintained for a
                Participant's accrued benefit attributable to Qualified Matching
                Contributions.   A Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account
                shall be maintained for a Participant's accrued benefit
                attributable to Qualified Non-elective Contributions.  Such
                accounts shall be credited with the applicable contributions,
                earnings and losses, distributions, and other adjustments.

        (E)     VESTING.  Matching Contributions will be vested in accordance
                with the Employer's election in Items C(4)(d) and C(4)(e) of the
                Adoption Agreement. In any event, Matching Contributions shall
                be fully vested at Normal Retirement Date, upon the complete or
                partial termination of the Plan, or upon the complete
                discontinuance of Matching Contributions, as applicable.
                Qualified Non-elective Contributions and Qualified Matching
                Contributions are nonforfeitable when made.

        (F)     FORFEITURES. Forfeitures of Matching Contributions shall be used
                to reduce such contributions, or shall be allocated to
                Participants, in accordance with the Employer's election in Item
                C(6) of the Adoption Agreement.

        (G)     ALLOCATION OF DISCRETIONARY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. If the
                Employer selects Item C(4)(b) in the Adoption Agreement, any
                discretionary Matching Contributions shall be allocated as of
                the allocation date specified in Item C(4)(c)(ii) of the
                Adoption Agreement, to the Employer Matching Account of each
                Participant who has made Before Tax Contributions and/or After
                Tax Contributions eligible for matching.  If Item C(4)(c)(ii)(e)
                has been selected (imposing a last day of the Plan Year
                requirement) the allocation shall be made to a Participant who
                (1) if a Participant in a nonstandardized Plan, is employed or
                on leave of absence on the last day of the Plan Year, and (2) if
                a Participant in a standardized Plan, either completes more than
                500 Hours of service during the Plan Year or is employed on the
                last day of the Plan Year. The following Participants will also
                share in the Matching Contributions for the year, if elected in
                the Adoption Agreement: (1) Participants in a nonstandardized
                Plan whose employment terminated before the end of the Plan Year
                because of retirement, death, disability or as specified in the
                Adoption Agreement, and (2) Participants in a standardized Plan
                whose employment terminated before the end of the Plan Year
                because of retirement, death, disability or as specified in the
                Adoption Agreement, and completed 500 Hours of Service or less.
                Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer makes a
                contribution prior to the end of the Plan Year, Participants
                shall be entitled to an allocation of that contribution when
                made, without regard to any end of the Plan Year requirement.

        (H)     LIMITATION ON EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Employer's
                contributions for any Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum
                amount which the Employer may deduct pursuant to Section 404 of
                the Code.

3.5     LIMITATIONS ON AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS (EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS) AND
        MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

        (A)     CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE. The ACP for Participants who are Highly
                Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the ACP for
                Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the
                same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:


                                    Page 25
<PAGE>   67
 
                (1)     1.25 LIMIT. The ACP for Participants who are Highly
                        Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed
                        the ACP for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated
                        Employees for the same Plan Year by 1.25, or

                (2)     2.0 LIMIT. The ACP for Participants who are Highly
                        Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed
                        the ACP for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated
                        Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by two (2),
                        provided that the ACP for Participants who are Highly
                        Compensated Employees does not exceed the ACP for
                        Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees by
                        more than two (2) percentage points.

(B)     SPECIAL RULES.

        (1)     MULTIPLE USE. If one or more Highly Compensated Employees
                participate in both a cash or deferred arrangement and a Plan
                subject to the ACP test maintained by the Employer and the sum
                of the ADP and ACP of those Highly Compensated Employees subject
                to either or both tests exceeds the Aggregate Limit, then the
                ACP of those Highly Compensated Employees who also participate
                in a cash or deferred arrangement will be reduced (beginning
                with such Highly Compensated Employee whose ACP is the highest)
                so that the limit is not exceeded. The amount by which each
                Highly Compensated Employee's Contribution Percentage amounts is
                reduced shall be treated as an Excess Aggregate Contribution.
                The ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees are
                determined after any corrections required to meet the ADP and
                ACP tests. Multiple use does not occur if either the ADP and ACP
                of the Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed 1.25
                multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the Non-highly Compensated
                Employees.

        (2)     AGGREGATION OF CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGES.  For purposes of this
                section, the Contribution Percentage for any Participant who is
                a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have
                Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his or her accounts
                under two or more plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code,
                or arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code, that
                are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if the
                total of such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made under
                each Plan.  If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two
                or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different Plan
                years all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within
                the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement.
                Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as
                separate if mandated to be disaggregated under regulations under
                Section 401(m) of the Code.

        (3)     AGGREGATION OF PLANS. In the event that this Plan satisfies the
                requirements of Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code
                only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or
                more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of
                the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section
                shall be


                                    Page 26
<PAGE>   68

                applied by determining the Contribution Percentage of Employees
                as if all such plans were a single Plan. For Plan Years
                beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be aggregated in
                order to satisfy Section 401(m) of the Code only if they have
                the same Plan Year.

        (4)     FAMILY AGGREGATION. For purposes of determining the Contribution
                Percentage of a Participant who is a five-percent owner or one
                of the ten most highly-paid Highly Compensated Employees, the
                Contribution Percentage Amounts and Compensation of such
                Employee shall include the Contribution Percentage Amounts and
                Compensation for the Plan Year of Family Members, as defined in
                Section 414(q)(6) of the Code.  Family Members, with respect to
                Highly Compensated Employees, shall be disregarded as separate
                employees in determining the Contribution Percentage both for
                Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees and for
                Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.

        (5)     TIME OF CONTRIBUTIONS. For purposes of determining the
                Contribution Percentage test, After Tax Contributions are
                considered to have been made in the Plan Year in which
                contributed to the Trust.  Matching Contributions and Qualified
                Non-elective Contributions will be considered made for a Plan
                Year if made no later than the end of the twelve-month period
                beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year.

        (6)     RECORDS.  The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP test and the amount of
                Qualified Non-elective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                Contributions, or both, used in such test.

        (7)     REGULATIONS. The determination and treatment of the Contribution
                Percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such other
                requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
                Treasury.

(C)     DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS.

        (1)     GENERAL RULE.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan,
                Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any
                loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or
                if not forfeitable, distributed no later than the last day of
                each Plan Year to Participants to whose accounts Excess
                Aggregate Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan
                Year. Excess Aggregate Contributions of Participants who are
                subject to the Family Member aggregation rules shall be
                allocated among the Family Members in proportion to the After
                Tax and Matching Contributions (or amounts treated as Matching
                Contributions) of each Family Member that is combined to
                determine the combined ACP. If such Excess Aggregate
                Contributions are distributed more than 2-1/2 months after the
                last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a
                ten (10) percent excise tax will be imposed on the Employer
                maintaining the Plan with respect to those amounts.  Excess
                Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions
                under the Plan.


                                    Page 27
<PAGE>   69
 
        (2)     DETERMINATION OF INCOME OR LOSS.  Excess Aggregate Contributions
                shall be adjusted for income or loss up to the date of
                distribution. The income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate
                Contributions is the sum of: (1) income or loss allocable to the
                Participant's After Tax Contribution Account, Matching
                Contribution Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account,
                (if any, and if all amounts therein are not used in the ADP
                test) and, if applicable, the Qualified Non-elective
                Contribution Account and Before Tax Contribution Account for the
                Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
                such Participant's Excess Aggregate Contributions for the year
                and the denominator is the Participant's account balance(s)
                attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts without regard
                to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year; and (2)
                ten percent of the amount determined under (1) multiplied by the
                number of whole calendar months between the end of the Plan Year
                and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution
                if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.

        (3)     FORFEITURES OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS. Forfeitures of
                Excess Aggregate Contributions may either be reallocated to the
                accounts of Non-Highly Compensated Employees or applied to
                reduce Employer Contributions, as elected by the Employer in
                Item HH(4) of the Adoption Agreement.

        (4)     ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS.  Excess
                Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or
                distributed on a pro-rata basis from the Participant's After Tax
                Contribution Account and Matching Contribution Account and
                Qualified Matching Contribution Account (and, if applicable, the
                Participant's Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account and
                Before Tax Contribution Account, or both).

3.6     NET PROFITS NOT REQUIRED IF SO ELECTED IN ADOPTION AGREEMENT. If the
        Employer elects, Matching Contributions may be made without regard to
        Net Profits in accordance with Item C(4)(c)(iii) of the Adoption
        Agreement. If the Plan is a profit-sharing Plan, the Plan shall
        continue to be designed to qualify as a profit-sharing Plan for
        purposes of Sections 401(a), 402, 412, and 417 of the Code. Net Profits
        shall not be required for Before Tax Contributions or After Tax 
        Contributions to be made to the Plan.

3.7     FORM, PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS. All contributions under
        this Article III made for a Plan Year shall be made in cash, and shall
        be delivered to the Trustee at such time or times as shall be agreed
        upon between the Committee and the Trustee. The Committee shall instruct
        the Trustee as to the allocation of contributions to the Participant's
        accounts.

3.8     DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS FOR BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT. Before
        Tax Contributions, Qualified Non-elective Contributions and Qualified
        Matching Contributions, and income allocable to each are not
        distributable to a Participant or his or her Beneficiary or
        Beneficiaries, in accordance with such Participant's, Beneficiary's or
        Beneficiaries' election, earlier than upon separation from service,
        death, disability, or as selected in the Adoption Agreement. Such 
        amounts may not be distributed unless in


                                    Page 28
<PAGE>   70

        accordance with the Participant's election made pursuant to rules
        established by the Committee as authorized in the Adoption Agreement,
        and upon:

        (A)     Termination of The Plan without the establishment of another
                defined contribution Plan, other than an employee stock
                ownership Plan (as defined in Section 4975(e) or Section 409 of
                the Code) or a simplified employee pension Plan as defined in
                Section 408(k).

        (B)    The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation of
                substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Section
                409(d)(2) of the Code) used in a trade or business of such
                corporation if such corporation continues to maintain this Plan
                after the disposition, but only with respect to Employees who
                continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets.

        (C)     The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such
                corporation's interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of
                Section 409(d)(3) of the Code) if such corporation continues to
                maintain this Plan, but only with respect to Employees who
                continue employment with such subsidiary.

        (D)     The attainment of age 59-1/2 in the case of a profit-sharing
                Plan, or the attainment of the Plan's Normal Retirment Date, if
                either or both are selected in the Adoption Agreement.

        (E)     The Hardship of the Participant as described in Section 3.9, if
                selected in the Adoption Agreement.

                All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or more of
                the foregoing distributable events are subject to the spousal
                and Participant consent requirements (if applicable) contained
                in Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. In addition,
                distributions after March 31, 1988, that are triggered by any of
                the first three events above, in Sections 3.8(A), (B) and (C)
                must be made in a lump sum.

3.9     HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION.

        (A)     AMOUNT AVAILABLE FOR WITHDRAWAL. Upon the written request of a
                Participant received and approved by the Committee, a
                Participant may withdraw, in cash, up to one hundred per cent
                (100%) of the amount of such Participant's Before Tax
                Contributions (and any earnings credited to a Participant's
                account as of the end of the last Plan Year ending before July
                1, 1989) or such lesser amount as the Committee may approve, in
                the event of Hardship. For purposes of this Section, Hardship is
                defined as immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee
                where such Employee lacks other available resources.  Hardship
                distributions are subject to the spousal consent requirements
                contained in Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. The
                Committee is authorized to and shall request from the
                Participant making such a request such evidence as the Committee
                deems necessary and appropriate to substantiate a Hardship, the
                amount of expenses resulting from such Hardship and the other
                resources of the Participant reasonably available to meet such
                expenses.

        (B)     SPECIAL RULES:



                                    Page 29
<PAGE>   71
         (1)     IMMEDIATE AND HEAVY NEED.  The following are the only
                 financial needs considered immediate and heavy: expenses
                 incurred or necessary for medical care, described in
                 Section 213(d) of the Code, of the Employee, the
                 Employee's Spouse or dependents; the purchase (excluding
                 mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the
                 Employee; payment of tuition and related educational
                 fees for the next twelve months of post-secondary
                 education for the Employee, the Employee's Spouse,
                 children or dependents; or the need to prevent the
                 eviction of the Employee from, or a foreclosure on the
                 mortgage of, the Employee's principal residence.
        
         (2)     SATISFACTION OF NEED. A distribution will be considered
                 as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial
                 need of the Employee only if:

                (a)     The Employee has obtained all distributions, other than
                        Hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under
                        all plans maintained by the Employer;

                (b)     All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the 
                        Employee's Before Tax Contributions (and After Tax 
                        Contributions) will be suspended for twelve months 
                        after the receipt of the Hardship distribution;

                (c)     The distribution is not in excess of an immediate and 
                        heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to 
                        pay any federal, state or local income taxes or 
                        penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the 
                        distribution); and

                (d)     All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the 
                        Employee may not make Before Tax Contributions for the
                        Employee's taxable year immediately following the 
                        taxable year of the Hardship distribution in excess of
                        the applicable limit under Section 402(g) of the Code 
                        for such taxable year less the amount of such 
                        Employee's Before Tax Contributions for the taxable 
                        year of the Hardship distribution.

        (3)     TAXES AND PENALTIES. The amount of an immediate and heavy
                financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any
                federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably
                anticipated to result from the distribution.


3.10    WITHDRAWAL OF AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. Subject to the provisions of the
        Plan, in accordance with rules for giving notice as determined by the
        Committee, a Participant may withdraw as of the first Accounting Date
        subsequent to receipt by the Committee of such notice:

        (A)     MAXIMUM AMOUNT. An amount equal to not more than 100% of the
                Participant's After Tax Contribution Account determined as of
                such Accounting Date. No Participant who has made any withdrawal
                of After Tax Contributions in the twelve (12) months preceding
                the giving of such notice may make a withdrawal under this
                Section.  A Participant who makes a withdrawal of After Tax
                Contributions shall be required to suspend After Tax
                Contributions for a period of six (6) months, commencing with
                the

                                    Page 30
<PAGE>   72

                effective date of such withdrawal. A Participant may, pursuant
                to Article III, elect to commence After Tax Contributions as of
                the first day of the first payroll period of the month following
                the conclusion of such suspension period, or the first payroll
                period of any month thereafter, upon advance written notice to
                the Committee.

        (B)     MINIMUM AMOUNT. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
                Section 3.10, any withdrawal made pursuant to Section 3.10(A)
                shall be for a minimum whole dollar amount not less than Five
                Hundred Dollars ($500.00); except that if the amount available
                for withdrawal is less than Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) then
                the minimum amount of the withdrawal shall be the amount
                available.

        (C)     FORFEITURES. No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an
                Employee's withdrawal of After Tax Contributions.

        (D)     LOAN SECURITY.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
                Section 3.10, a Participant may not make a withdrawal pursuant
                to this Section of any portion of the Participants vested
                interest which has been assigned to secure repayment of a loan
                in accordance with Section 11.10, below, until such time as the
                Committee shall have released said portion so assigned.

3.11.   WITHDRAWAL OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. Subject to the provisions of the
        Plan, in accordance with rules for giving notice as determined by the
        Committee, and as elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may
        withdraw as of the first Accounting Date subsequent to receipt by the
        Committee of such notice:

        (A)     MAXIMUM AMOUNT. An amount equal to not more than 100% of the
                vested amounts in the Participant's Matching Contribution
                Account determined as of such Accounting Date. No Participant
                who has made any withdrawal of Matching Contributions in the
                twelve (12) months preceding the giving of such notice may make
                a withdrawal under this Section.

        (B)     MINIMUM AMOUNT. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
                Section 3.11, any withdrawal made pursuant to Section 3.11(A)
                shall be for a minimum whole dollar amount not less than Five
                Hundred Dollars ($500.00); except that if the amount available
                for withdrawal is less than Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) then
                the minimum amount of the withdrawal shall be the amount
                available.

        (C)     FORFEITURES. No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an
                Employee's withdrawal of Matching Contributions.

        (D)     LOAN SECURITY.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
                Section 3.11, a Participant may not make a withdrawal, pursuant
                to this Section of any portion of the Participant's vested
                interest which has been assigned to secure repayment of a loan
                in accordance with Section 11.10, below, until such time as the
                Committee shall have released said portion so assigned.




                                    Page 31
<PAGE>   73
                                   ARTICLE IV
                              OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

        A       MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLANS ONLY. As elected by the Employer in
                the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall make contributions to
                the Plan.

        B       PROFIT SHARING PLANS AND 401(k) PLANS ONLY.

                (1)     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS. For each Plan Year, the
                        Employer, shall or may make contributions to the Plan in
                        an amount as selected in the Adoption Agreement or
                        determined by Resolution of the Board of Directors of
                        the Employer.

                (2)     NET PROFITS NOT REQUIRED IF SO ELECTED IN ADOPTION
                        AGREEMENT. If the Employer elects, Employer
                        Contributions under a profit sharing Plan may be made
                        without regard to Net Profits in accordance with Item
                        B(8)(a)(iii) of the Adoption Agreement. The Plan shall
                        continue to be designed to qualify as a profit-sharing
                        Plan for purposes of Sections 401(a), 402, 412, and 417
                        of the Code.

4.2     SEPARATE ACCOUNTS.  An Employer Contribution Account shall be maintained
        for each Participant to which will be credited the employer pension or
        profit sharing contributions ("Employer Contributions"). Such accounts
        shall be credited with the applicable contributions, earnings and
        losses, distributions, and other adjustments.

4.3     VESTING. Employer Contributions will be vested in accordance with the
        Employer's election in Item B(7), as applicable, of the Adoption
        Agreement. In any event, Employer Contributions shall be fully vested at
        Normal Retirement Date, upon the complete or partial termination of the
        Plan, and, in profit sharing plans, upon the complete discontinuance of
        Employer Contributions.

4.4     LIMITATION ON EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS. The Employer's Contribution for
        any Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum amount which the Employer may
        deduct pursuant to Section 404 of the Code. The Employer Contributions
        shall be payable not later than the time for filing the Employer's
        federal income tax return, including extensions.

4.5     EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.

        (A)     DISTRIBUTIONS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS--ROLLOVERS.

                (1)     If the Employer selects Item B(9) in the Adoption
                        Agreement, an Employee who is entitled to make a
                        rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5),
                        Section 403(a)(4) or Section 408(d)(3) of the Code
                        ("Rollover Contribution"), may elect, with the approval
                        of the Committee, to make such a Rollover Contribution
                        to the Plan. The Employee shall deliver or cause to be
                        delivered, to the Trustee the cash which constitutes
                        such Rollover Contribution at such time or times and in
                        such manner as shall be specified by the Committee. As
                        of the date of receipt of such property by the Trustee,
                        a Rollover Account shall be established in the name


                                    Page 32
<PAGE>   74

                        of the Employee who has made a Rollover Contribution as
                        provided in this Section 4.5 and shall be credited with
                        such assets on such date.  A Rollover Contribution shall
                        not be deemed to be a contribution of such Employee for
                        any purpose of this Agreement. All Rollover
                        Contributions and the earnings on these contributions
                        shall be immediately fully vested and nonforfeitable.

                (2)     Subject to the provisions of the Plan, on advance notice
                        given to the Committee in accordance with rules
                        established by the Committee a Participant in a profit
                        sharing Plan or 401(k) profit sharing Plan may withdraw
                        all or any part (in any whole dollar amount specified by
                        the Participant) of the value of any Rollover Account,
                        provided no Participant who has made any withdrawal
                        under Section 4.5(A) during the calendar year in which
                        such notice is given may make an additional withdrawal
                        under this Section 4.5(A) during the remainder of such
                        year.

        (B)     NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
                NO LONGER ACCEPTED.

                (1)     This Plan will not accept nondeductible employee
                        contributions and matching contributions except pursuant
                        to a 401(m) arrangement described in Article III.
                        Employee contributions for Plan Years beginning after
                        December 31, 1986, together with any matching
                        contributions as defined in Section 401(m) of the Code,
                        will be limited so as to meet the nondiscrimination test
                        of Section 401(m).

                (2)     A separate account will be maintained by the Trustee for
                        the previously made nondeductible employee contributions
                        of each Participant.

                (3)     Employee contributions and earnings thereon will be
                        nonforfeitable at all times.  No forfeitures will occur
                        solely as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of
                        Employee contributions.

        (C)     DEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS NO LONGER ACCEPTED.  The
                Committee will not accept deductible Employee contributions
                which are made for a taxable year beginning after December 31,
                1986. Contributions made prior to that date will be maintained
                in a separate account which will be nonforfeitable at all times.
                The account will share in the gains and losses of the Trust Fund
                in the same manner as described in Article VI of the Plan. No
                part of the deductible voluntary contribution account will be
                used to purchase life insurance. Subject to Section 7.10, Joint
                and survivor annuity requirements (if applicable), the
                Participant may withdraw any part of the deductible voluntary
                contribution account by making a written application to the
                Committee.

4.6     EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT. Except as provided in the Plan, the Employer has no
        beneficial interest in the Trust Fund, and no part of the Trust Fund
        shall revert or be repaid to the Employer, directly or indirectly, or
        diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
        Participants and their Beneficiaries, except that (1) any contribution
        made by the Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to
        the Employer within one year of the contribution; (2) in the event the
        deduction of a contribution made by the Employer is disallowed under
        Section 404 of the Code,

                                    Page 33
<PAGE>   75

        such contribution (to the extent disallowed) must be returned to the
        Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction; and (3)
        in the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines that
        the Plan is not initially qualified under the Internal Revenue Code, any
        contribution made incident to that initial qualification by the Employer
        must be returned to the Employer within one year after the date the
        initial qualification is denied, but only if the application for the
        qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the
        Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted or
        such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

4.7     FORM, PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS. Contributions made for a
        Plan Year shall be made in cash; provided, however, that if the Plan has
        an Employer Stock Fund, contributions for the Employer Stock Fund may be
        made in Employer Stock. Contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee
        at such time or times as shall be agreed upon between the Committee and
        the Trustee. The Committee shall instruct the Trustee as to the
        allocation of contributions to the Participant's accounts pursuant to
        the elections made in the Adoption Agreement. Employer Stock contributed
        to the Plan shall be valued at fair market value at the time of its
        transfer to the Plan.

4.8     SAFE HARBOR ALLOCATION. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
        Adoption Agreement, in the event the requirements of Code Sections
        401(a)(16) or 410(b) are not met during the Plan Year, Employer
        Contributions will be allocated to Eligible Employees in the following
        order until the applicable requirements are met:

        (A)     Eligible Employees employed by the Employer on the last day of
                the Plan Year and who have completed more than 750 Hours of
                Service during the Plan Year;

        (B)     Eligible Employees employed by the Employer on the last day of
                the Plan Year and who have completed more than 500 but less than
                750 Hours of Service during the Plan Year;

        (C)     Eligible Employees employed by the Employer on the last day of
                the Plan Year and who have completed 500 or fewer Hours of
                Service during the Plan Year;

        (D)     Eligible Employees who have completed 750 or more Hours of
                Service during the Plan Year;

        (E)     Eligible Employees who have completed more than 500 but less
                than 750 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

                In no event will Employees who have terminated employment with
                the Employer during the Plan Year and who have completed 500 or
                fewer Hours of Service during the Plan Year receive any
                allocation of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.

                                   ARTICLE V
                            PERIOD OF PARTICIPATION

5.1     TERMINATION DATES.  A Participant's Termination Date will be the date on
        which his employment with the Employer is terminated because of the
        first to occur of the following


                                    Page 34
<PAGE>   76
        events:

        (A)     NORMAL RETIREMENT. The Participant retires from the employ of
                the Employer upon attaining the Normal Retirement Date selected
                in the Adoption Agreement.  If the Employer enforces a mandatory
                retirement age the Normal Retirement Date is the date the
                Participant attains the lesser of that mandatory age or the age
                specified in the Adoption Agreement.

        (B)     EARLY RETIREMENT.  The Participant retires from the employ of
                the Employer upon attaining the Early Retirement Date selected
                in the Adoption Agreement. If a Participant terminates
                employment prior to meeting any minimum age specified in the
                Adoption Agreement but after having completed the specified
                minimum service requirement, the terminated Participant shall be
                entitled to an early retirement benefit upon attaining the
                minimum age required.

        (C)     LATE RETIREMENT. The Participant retires from the employ of the
                Employer after the Normal Retirement Date. A Participant who
                continues to work beyond the Normal Retirement Date shall
                continue participation in the Plan on the same basis as the
                other Participants.

        (D)     DISABILITY RETIREMENT. The Participant is terminated from the
                employ of the Employer because of Disability, as determined by
                the Committee, as defined in Section 1.1(I), irrespective of his
                age.

        (E)     DEATH. The Participant's death.

        (F)     OTHER TERMINATION. The Participant terminates employment before
                Normal, Early, Late or Disability Retirement.

                If a Participant continues in the employ of the Employer but no
                longer is a member of a class of Employees to which the Plan has
                been and continues to be extended by the Employer, the
                Participant's Termination Date nevertheless will be as stated
                above and his or her accounts will be held as stated in Section
                5.2.

5.2     RESTRICTED PARTICIPATION. When distribution of part or all of the
        benefits to which a Participant is entitled under the Plan is deferred
        beyond or cannot be made until after the Participant's Termination Date,
        or during any period that a Participant continues in the employ of the
        Employer but no longer is a member of a class of Employees to which the
        Plan has been and continues to be extended by the Employer, the
        Participant, or in the event of his or her death such Participant's
        Beneficiary, will be considered and treated as a Participant for all
        purposes of the Plan, except that no share of contributions or
        forfeitures will be credited to his or her Accounts (a) for any period
        such Participant continues in the employ of the Employer but no longer
        is a member of a class of Employees to which the Plan has been and
        continues to be extended by the Employer, or (b) after the Participant's
        Termination Date.



                                    Page 35
<PAGE>   77

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   ACCOUNTING

6.1     ACCOUNTS ESTABLISHED. There shall be established and maintained for each
        Participant such accounts as are applicable, to reflect such
        Participant's interest in each Investment Fund.

        All income, expenses, gains and losses attributable to each account
        shall be separately accounted for. The interest of each Participant in
        the Trust Fund at any time shall consist of the amount credited to his
        or her accounts as of the last preceding Valuation Date plus credits and
        minus debits to such accounts since that date.

6.2     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS CONSIDERED MADE ON LAST DAY OF PLAN YEAR. Unless
        otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, for purposes of this
        Article VI, the Employer's Contribution under Article IV will be
        considered to have been made on the last day of the Plan Year for which
        contributed.

6.3     ACCOUNTING STEPS. As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall:

        (A)     Charge to the prior account balances all previously uncharged
                payments or distributions made from Participants' accounts since
                the last preceding Valuation Date.

        (B)     Adjust the net credit balances in Participants' accounts upward
                or downward, pro rata, so that the total of such net credit
                balances will equal the then adjusted net worth of the Trust
                Fund;

        (C)     Allocate and credit Employer Contributions and any forfeitures
                (as described in Section 7.3) that are to be allocated and
                credited as of that date in accordance with Sections 6.5 and
                6.6.

                Notwithstanding the preceding, the Trustee shall be authorized
                to utilize such other method of accounting for the gains or
                losses experience by the Trust as may accurately reflect each
                Participant's interest therein.

6.4    ALLOCATION OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

        (A)     DISCRETIONARY PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                (1)     NONSTANDARDIZED PLANS. If the Plan is a nonstandardized
                        Plan, Employer Contributions for the Plan Year shall be
                        allocated among and credited to the Employer
                        Contribution Accounts of each Participant, including a
                        Participant on leave of absence, who is entitled to
                        receive a contribution as elected by the Employer in the
                        Adoption Agreement, pursuant to the formula elected by
                        the Employer in Item B(8)(b) of the Adoption Agreement.
                        If elected in the Adoption Agreement, Participants whose
                        employment terminated because of retirement, death or
                        disability before the end of the Plan Year will share in
                        the contributions for the year if elected in the
                        Adoption Agreement.




                                    Page 36
<PAGE>   78
                (2)     STANDARDIZED PLANS. Employer Contributions for the Plan
                        Year shall be allocated among and credited to the
                        Employer Contribution Account of each Participant who
                        either completes more than 500 Hours of Service during
                        the Plan Year (or such lesser number of Hours of Service
                        as may be specified in the Adoption Agreement) or is
                        employed on the last day of the Plan Year pursuant to
                        the formula elected by the Employer in Item B(8)(b) of
                        the Adoption Agreement. If elected in the Adoption
                        Agreement, Participants whose employment terminated
                        before the end of the Plan Year because of retirement,
                        death or disability will share in the contributions for
                        the year if elected in the Adoption Agreement.

        (B)     MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLANS. Employer Contributions will be
                made and allocated to the Employer Contribution Accounts of
                Participants for the Plan Year as elected in the Adoption
                Agreement.

        (C)     PAIRED PLANS. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
                contrary, if the Employer maintains two plans which are Paired
                Plans, only one may contain an allocation, as elected in the
                Adoption Agreement, utilizing permitted disparity as defined in
                Code Section 401(l).

6.5     ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES. As elected in Items B(11) and/or C(6) of the
        Adoption Agreement, as of the last day of the Plan Year, any forfeitures
        which arose under the Plan during that year shall be used to: (i) pay
        the expenses of the Plan; (ii) reduce Employer Contributions; or, (iii)
        be allocated to Participants accounts, as may be selected in the
        Adoption Agreement.  Forfeitures under (iii) shall be allocated as
        provided in Section 6.4.

6.6     LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS.

        (A)     DEFINITIONS: For purposes of limiting allocations pursuant to
                this section, the following definitions shall apply:

                (1)     ANNUAL ADDITIONS: The sum of the following amounts
                        credited to a Participant's account for the Limitation
                        Year:

                        (a)     Employer Contributions;

                        (b)     Employee Contributions;

                        (c)     forfeitures;

                        (d)     amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an
                                individual medical account, as defined in
                                Section 415 (l)(2) of the Code, which is part of
                                a pension or annuity Plan maintained by the
                                Employer are treated as Annual Additions to a
                                defined contribution Plan.  Also amounts derived
                                from contributions paid or accrued after
                                December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after
                                such date, which are attributable to
                                post-retirement medical benefits, allocated to
                                the separate account of a Key Employee, as
                                defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under
                                a welfare benefit

                                    Page 37
<PAGE>   79

                               fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code,
                               maintained by the Employer are treated as Annual
                               Additions to a defined contribution Plan; and,
        
                       (e)     allocations under a simplified employee pension.

                       For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under
                       Sections 6.6(B)(4) or 6.6(C)(6) in the Limitation Year
                       to reduce Employer Contributions will be considered
                       Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.
        
               (2)     COMPENSATION: Compensation as described below, 
                       interpreted consistently with the provisions of Code 
                       Section 414(s) and the regulations issued thereunder, 
                       as may be selected by the Employer, and uniformly 
                       applied for testing purpose:

                       (a)     W-2 COMPENSATION (WAGES, TIPS, AND OTHER 
                               COMPENSATION - required to be reported under
                               Sections 6041, 6051, and 6052 of the Code, as 
                               reported on Form W-2). Compensation is 
                               defined as wages within the meaning of Section
                               3401(a)  and all other payments of compensation
                               to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of
                               the Employer's trade or business) for which the
                               Employer is required to furnish the Employee a
                               written statement under Sections 6041(d),
                               6051(a)(3) and 6052 of the Code. Compensation
                               must be determined without regard to any rules
                               under Section 3401(a) that limit the
                               remuneration included in wages based on the
                               nature or location of the employment or the
                               services performed (such as the exception for    
                               agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2).
        
                       (b)     WITHHOLDING COMPENSATION (SECTION 3401(a)). 
                               Compensation is defined as wages within the
                               meaning of Section 3401(a) for the purposes of
                               income tax withholding at the source but
                               determined without regard to any rules that
                               limit the remuneration included in wages based
                               on the nature or location of the employment or
                               the services performed (such as the exception
                               for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2)).

        
                       (c)     SECTION 415 SAFE-HARBOR COMPENSATION.  
                               Compensation is defined as wages, salaries, and
                               fees for professional services and other amounts
                               received (without regard to whether or not an
                               amount is paid in cash) for personal services
                               actually rendered in the course of employment
                               with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the
                               extent that the amounts are includible in gross
                               income (including, but not limited to,
                               commissions paid salesman, compensation for
                               services on the basis of a percentage of
                               profits, commissions on insurance premiums,
                               tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and
                               reimbursements or other expense allowances under
                               a nonaccountable Plan (as described in
                               1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:
        
                               (i)     Employer contributions to a Plan of 
                                       deferred compensation which are not
                                       includible in the Employee's gross 
                                       income for the taxable year in which
                                       contributed, or Employer contributions 
                                       under a simplified employee pension Plan
                                       to the extent such contributions


                                    Page 38
<PAGE>   80

                                       are deductible by the Employee, or any
                                       distributions from a Plan of deferred
                                       compensation;
        
                               (ii)    amounts realized from the exercise of 
                                       a non-qualified stock option, or
                                       when restricted stock (or property) 
                                       held by an Employee becomes freely
                                       transferable or is no longer subject 
                                       to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

                               (iii)   amounts realized from the sale, 
                                       exchange or other disposition of stock
                                       acquired under a qualified stock option;
                                       and

                               (iv)    other amounts which received special 
                                       tax benefits, or contributions made by
                                       the Employer (whether or not under a 
                                       salary reduction agreement) towards the
                                       purchase of an annuity contract 
                                       described in Section 403(b) of the
                                       Code (whether or not the contributions 
                                       are actually excludable from the gross
                                       income of the Employee).

                       Notwithstanding anything in the definitions of
                       Compensation preceding, at the discretion of the
                       Employer, uniformly applied, Compensation shall, for
                       purposes of ADP and ACP testing as provided for in
                       Article III, include amounts not currently includible in
                       income pursuant to Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)
                       and 403(b). For allocation purposes, such amounts shall
                       be includible is elected in the Adoption Agreement.

                       For any self-employed Individual, Compensation will 
                       mean Earned Income.

                       For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1991,
                       for purposes of applying the limitations of Section 6.6,
                       Compensation for a Limitation Year is the compensation
                       actually paid or made available during such Limitation
                       Year.
        
                       Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation for
                       a Participant in a defined contribution Plan who is
                       permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Section
                       22(e)(3) of the Code) is the Compensation such
                       Participant would have received for the Limitation Year
                       if the Participant had been paid at the rate of
                       Compensation paid immediately before becoming
                       permanently and totally disabled; such imputed
                       compensation for the disabled Participant may be taken
                       into account only if the Participant is not a Highly
                       Compensated Employee, (as defined in Section 414(q) of
                       the Code), and contributions made on behalf of such
                       Participant are nonforfeitable when made.
        
               (3)     DEFINED BENEFIT FRACTION: A fraction, the numerator of 
                       which is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual 
                       Benefits under all the defined benefit plans (whether 
                       or not terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the 
                       denominator of which is the lesser of 125 percent of 
                       the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation 
                       Year under Sections 415(b) and (d) of the Code or 140 
                       percent of the Participant's Highest Average 
                       Compensation, including any adjustments under

                                   Page 39
<PAGE>   81

                       Section 415(b) of the Code.

                       Notwithstanding the above if the Participant was a
                       participant as of the first day of the first Limitation
                       Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more
                       defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer which
                       were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of
                       this fraction will not be less than 125 per cent of the
                       sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the
                       Participant had accrued as of the close of the last
                       Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987,
                       disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of
                       the Plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence
                       applies only if the defined benefit plans individually
                       and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of
                       Section 415 for all Limitation Years beginning before
                       January 1, 1987.
        
               (4)     DEFINED CONTRIBUTION DOLLAR LIMITATION: For purposes of
                       calculating the Maximum Permissible Amount: $30,000 or,
                       if greater, one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar 
                       limitation set forth in Section 415(b)(1) of the Code 
                       as in effect for the Limitation Year.
        
               (5)     DEFINED CONTRIBUTION FRACTION: A fraction, the 
                       numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions 
                       to the Participant's accounts under all the defined 
                       contribution plans (whether or not terminated) 
                       maintained by the Employer for the current and all 
                       prior Limitation Years, (including the Annual Additions
                       attributable to the Participant's nondeductible employee
                       contributions to all defined benefit plans, whether or
                       not terminated, maintained by the Employer, and the
                       Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit
                       funds, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code,
                       individual medical accounts, as defined in Section
                       415(l)(2) of the Code, and simplified employee pension,
                       maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of
                       which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for
                       the current and all prior Limitation Years of service
                       with the Employer (regardless of whether a defined
                       contribution Plan was maintained by the Employer). The
                       maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the
                       lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation
                       determined under Sections 415(b) and (d) of the Code in
                       effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or 35
                       percent of the Participant's Compensation for such year.
        
                       If the Employee was a participant as of the end of the
                       first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after
                       December 31, 1986, in one or more defined contribution
                       plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence
                       on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be
                       adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the Defined
                       Benefit Fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the
                       terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount
                       equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of the
                       fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this
                       fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the
                       numerator of this fraction.  The adjustment is
                       calculated using the fractions as they would be computed
                       as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning
                       before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in
                       the terms and conditions of the Plan made after May 5,
                       1986, but using the Section 415 limitation applicable to
                       the first Limitation
        


                                    Page 40
<PAGE>   82

                       Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.

                       The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year beginning
                       before January 1, 1987, shall not be recomputed to treat
                       all Employee contributions as Annual Additions.
        
               (6)     EMPLOYER: For purposes of this Section 6.6: the 
                       Employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a
                       controlled group of corporations (as defined in section
                       414(b) of the Code as modified by Section 415(h), all
                       commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in
                       Section 414(c) as modified by Section 415(h)) or
                       affiliated service groups (as defined in Section 414(m))
                       of which the adopting Employer is a part, and any other
                       entity required to be aggregated with the Employer
                       pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the
                       Code.
        
               (7)     EXCESS AMOUNT: The excess of the Participant's Annual 
                       Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum 
                       Permissible Amount.

               (8)     HIGHEST AVERAGE COMPENSATION: For purposes of 
                       calculating the Defined Benefit Fraction, the average 
                       compensation for the three (3) consecutive Years
                       of Service with the Employer that produces the highest 
                       average. A Year of Service with the Employer is the 
                       twelve-consecutive month period defined in Item B(4)(j)
                       of the Adoption Agreement.

               (9)     LIMITATION YEAR: A calendar year or any other 12 
                       consecutive month period elected in Item B(4)(d) of the
                       Adoption Agreement.  All qualified plans maintained by 
                       the Employer must use the same Limitation Year.  If the
                       Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-
                       consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must 
                       begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the
                       amendment is made.

               (10)    MASTER OR PROTOTYPE PLAN: A Plan the form of which is 
                       the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the 
                       Internal Revenue Service.

               (11)    MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AMOUNT: The maximum Annual Addition
                       that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant's
                       account under the Plan for any Limitation Year shall 
                       not exceed the lesser of:

                       (a)     the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or

                       (b)     25 percent of the Participant's Compensation 
                               for the Limitation Year.

                               The Compensation limitation referred to in (b)
                               shall not apply to any contribution for medical
                               benefits (within the meaning of Section 401(h)
                               or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is
                               otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under
                               Section 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2) of the Code.
        
                               If a short Limitation Year is created because of
                               an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a
                               different 12-consecutive month period, the

                                   Page 41
<PAGE>   83

                               Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the
                               Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation
                               multiplied by the following fraction:
        
                             Number of months in the short Limitation Year
                             ---------------------------------------------
                                                   12

               (12)    PROJECTED ANNUAL BENEFIT:  For purposes of calculating 
                       the Defined Benefit Fraction:  the annual retirement 
                       benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight
                       life annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other
                       than a straight life annuity or qualified joint and 
                       survivor annuity) to which the Participant would be 
                       entitled under the terms of the Plan, assuming: (1) the
                       Participant will continue employment until Normal 
                       Retirement Date under the Plan, (or current age, if 
                       later), and (2) the Participant's Compensation for the 
                       current Limitation Year and all other relevant factors 
                       used to determine benefits under the Plan will remain 
                       constant for all future Limitation Years.

       (B)     ANNUAL ADDITION LIMITATIONS:

               (1)     If the Participant does not participate in, and has 
                       never participated in another qualified Plan or welfare
                       benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code
                       maintained by the Employer, or an individual medical
                       account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
                       maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee
                       pension, as defined in Section 408(K) of the Code,
                       maintained by the Employer which provides an Annual
                       Addition as defined in Section 6.6(E), the amount of
                       Annual Additions which may be credited to the
                       Participant's account for any Limitation Year will not
                       exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or
                       any other limitation contained in this Plan.  If the
                       Employer Contribution that would otherwise be
                       contributed or allocated to the Participant's account
                       would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year
                       to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount
                       contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the
                       Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the
                       Maximum Permissible Amount.
        
               (2)     Prior to determining the Participant's actual 
                       Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may 
                       determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a 
                       Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of 
                       the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year,
                       uniformly determined for all Participants similarly 
                       situated.

               (3)     As soon as is administratively feasible after the end 
                       of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount 
                       for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis
                       of the Participant's actual Compensation for the 
                       Limitation Year.

               (4)     If pursuant to Section 6.6(B)(3) or as result of the 
                       allocation of forfeitures, there is an Excess Amount, 
                       the excess will be disposed of as follows:

                       (a)     Any nondeductible voluntary employee 
                               contributions, to the extent they

                                   Page 42
<PAGE>   84

                               would reduce the Excess Amount, will be 
                               returned to the Participant.

                       (b)     If after the application of paragraph (a) an 
                               Excess Amount still exists and the Participant 
                               is covered by the Plan at the end of the 
                               Limitation Year, the Excess Amount in the 
                               Participant's account will be used to reduce
                               Employer Contributions (including any 
                               allocation of forfeitures) for such
                               Participant in the next Limitation year, and 
                               each succeeding Limitation Year, if necessary.

                       (c)     If after the application of paragraph (a) an 
                               Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant
                               is not covered by the Plan at the end of a
                               Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be held
                               unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense
                               account will be applied to reduce future
                               Employer Contributions (including allocation of
                               any forfeitures) for all remaining Participants
                               in the next Limitation Year and each succeeding
                               Limitation Year, if necessary.
        
                       (d)     If a suspense account is in existence at any 
                               time during a Limitation Year pursuant to this
                               Section 6.6(A), it will not participate in the
                               allocation of the trust's investment gains and
                               losses.  If a suspense account is in existence
                               at any time during a particular Limitation Year,
                               all amounts in the suspense account must be
                               allocated and reallocated to Participants'
                               accounts before any Employer Contributions or
                               any Employee contributions may be made to the
                               Plan for that Limitation Year. Excess Amounts
                               may not be distributed to Participants or former
                               Participants.

       (C)     MULTIPLE PLAN LIMITATION.                    

               (1)     This Section 6.6(C) applies if, in addition to this 
                       Plan, the Participant is covered under another qualified
                       Master or Prototype defined contribution Plan maintained
                       by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund, as defined in
                       Section 419(e) of the Code maintained by the Employer,
                       or an individual medical account, as defined in Section
                       415(l)(2) of the Code, maintained by the Employer, or a
                       simplified employee pension maintained by the employer
                       which provides an Annual Addition as defined in Section
                       6.6(A) during any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions
                       which may be credited to a Participant's accounts under
                       this Plan for any such Limitation Year shall not exceed
                       the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual
                       Additions credited to a Participant's accounts under the
                       other qualified master and prototype defined
                       contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual
                       medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions for
                       the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with
                       respect to the Participant under other qualified master
                       and prototype defined contribution plans and welfare
                       benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and
                       simplified employee pension, maintained by the Employer
                       are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the
                       contributions that would otherwise be contributed or
                       allocated to the Participant's Employer Contribution
                       Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions
                       for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the
                       amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that
                       the Annual Additions under all

                                   Page 43
<PAGE>   85

                       such plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal
                       the Maximum Permissible Amount.  If the Annual Additions
                       with respect to the Participant under such other
                       qualified master and prototype defined contribution
                       plans, welfare benefit funds individual medical
                       accounts, and simplified employee pension, in the
                       aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum
                       Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or
                       allocated to the Participant's Employer Contribution
                       Account under this Plan for the Limitation Year.
        
               (2)     Prior to determining the Participant's actual 
                       Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may 
                       determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a 
                       Participant in the manner described in Section 
                       6.6(B)(2).

               (3)     As soon as is administratively feasible after the end 
                       of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount 
                       for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis
                       of the Participant's actual Compensation for the 
                       Limitation Year.

               (4)     If, pursuant to Section 6.6(C)(3) or as a result of the
                       allocation of forfeitures, a Participant's Annual 
                       Additions under this Plan and all other plans result in
                       an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess 
                       Amount shall be deemed to consist of the amounts last 
                       allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to
                       a simplified employee pension will be deemed to have
                       been allocated first, followed by annual additions to 
                       a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account 
                       regardless of the actual allocation date.

               (5)     If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on 
                       an allocation date of this Plan which coincides with 
                       an allocation date of another Plan, the Excess Amount 
                       attributed to this Plan will be the product of:

                       (a)     the total Excess Amount allocated as of such 
                               date, times

                       (b)     the ratio of (i) the Annual Additions allocated
                               to the Participant for the Limitation Year as 
                               of such date under this Plan to (ii) the total 
                               Annual Additions allocated to the Participant 
                               for the Limitation Year as of such date under 
                               this and all other qualified Master or 
                               Prototype defined contribution plans.

               (6)     Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan should be 
                       disposed of as provided in Section 6.6(C)(4).

       (C)     If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
               contribution Plan maintained by the Employer which is not a
               Master or Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be credited
               to the Participant's accounts under this Plan for any Limitation
               Year will be limited in accordance with Section 6.6(C) (1-6) as
               though the Plan were a Master or Prototype Plan unless the
               Employer provides other limitations in Item B(12) of the
               Adoption Agreement.
        
       (D)     If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified
               defined benefit Plan covering any Participant in this Plan, the
               sum of the Participant's Defined Benefit Plan


                                    Page 44
<PAGE>   86
                Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction will not exceed
                1.0 in any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be
                credited to the Participant's accounts under this Plan for any
                Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with Item B(12)
                of the Adoption Agreement.

6.7     REPORTS TO PARTICIPANTS. The Committee shall cause reports to be made at
        least annually to each Participant and to the Beneficiary of each
        deceased Participant as to the value of each such Participant's
        accounts, as of an appropriate preceding Valuation Date.

                                  ARTICLE VII
                          PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCES

7.1     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT UPON DISABILITY OR DEATH. A Participant shall
        become fully vested in his or her Employer Contribution Accounts if the
        Participant becomes Disabled under Sections 5.1(A), (B), (C) or (D) or
        dies while still employed. The accounts of a Participant who retires
        becomes Disabled or dies will become distributable to the Participant or
        to his or her Spouse or Beneficiary. If distributed immediately, subject
        to Section 7.4, the distributable balance, after adjustments, will be
        determined as soon as practicable following the receipt by the Trustee
        of written notice of the Participant's termination from the Committee.

7.2     TIMING FOR DETERMINING ACCOUNT BALANCE UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
        PRIOR TO RETIREMENT, DISABILITY OR DEATH. If a Participant terminates
        employment with the Employer before retirement under Sections 5.1(F)
        the vested portion of the Participant's Employer Contribution Account
        and/or Matching Account shall be determined and such Participant's
        accounts will be distributable to the Participant. If distributed
        immediately, subject to Section 7.4, the distributable balance, after
        adjustments, will be determined as soon as practicable following receipt
        by the Trustee of written notice of the Participant's termination from
        the Committee. The account balance shall be distributable at such time
        as elected in the Adoption Agreement, but in no event shall an account
        balance not be distributable later than the Participant's Normal
        Retirement Date.

7.3     VESTING ON DISTRIBUTION BEFORE BREAK-IN-SERVICE; CASH-OUTS.

        (A)     If an Employee terminates service, and the value of the
                Employee's vested account balance derived from Employer and
                Employee contributions is not greater than $3,500, the Employee
                will receive a distribution of the value of the entire vested
                portion of such account balances, and Rollover Account balance,
                if any. The nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture.
                For purposes of this Section 7.3, if the value of an Employee's
                vested account balance is zero, the Employee shall be deemed to
                have received a distribution of such vested account balance. A
                Participant's vested account balance shall not include
                accumulated deductible employee contributions within the meaning
                of Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code for Plan Years beginning
                prior to January 1, 1989.

        (B)     If an Employee terminates service, and elects, in accordance
                with the requirements of Section 7.4, to receive the value of
                the Employee's vested account balance, the nonvested portion
                will be treated as a forfeiture.  If the Employee elects to have
                distributed less than the entire vested portion of the balance
                in the Employer


                                    Page 45
<PAGE>   87
                Contribution Account, the part of the nonvested portion that
                will be treated as a forfeiture is the total nonvested portion
                multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount
                of the distribution attributable to Employer Contributions and
                the denominator of which is the total value of the vested
                balance in the Employer Contribution Account.

        (C)     If an Employee receives a distribution pursuant to this Section
                7.3 and the Employee resumes employment covered under this Plan,
                the Employee's Employer Contribution Account and/or Matching
                Account balance will be restored to the amount on the date of
                distribution if the Employee repays to the Plan the full amount
                of the distribution attributable to Employer contributions
                before the earlier of 5 years after the first date on which the
                Participant is subsequently re-employed by the Employer, or the
                date the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive one (1) year
                Breaks in Service following the date of the distribution. If an
                Employee is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to this
                Section 7.3, and the Employee resumes employment covered under
                this Plan before the date the Participant incurs five (5)
                consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service, upon the
                reemployment of such Employee, the Employer Contribution Account
                balance and/or Matching Account balance of the Employee will be
                restored to the amount on the date of such deemed distribution.

7.4     RESTRICTIONS ON IMMEDIATE DISTRIBUTIONS.

        (A)     If the value of a Participant's vested account balance derived
                from Employer and Employee contributions exceeds (or at the time
                of any prior distribution exceeded) $3,500, and the account
                balance is immediately distributable, the Participant and the
                Participant's Spouse (or where either the Participant or the
                Spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to any distribution
                of such account balance. The consent of the Participant and the
                Participant's Spouse shall be obtained in writing within the
                90-day period ending on the annuity staring date. The annuity
                starting date is the first day of the first period for which an
                amount is paid as an annuity or any other form. The Committee
                shall notify the Participant and the Participant's Spouse of the
                right to defer any distribution until the Participant's account
                balance is no longer immediately distributable. Such
                notification shall include a general description of the material
                features, and an explanation of the relative values of, the
                optional forms of benefit available under the Plan in a manner
                that would satisfy the notice requirements of Section 417(a)(3),
                and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90
                days prior to the annuity starting date. However, distribution
                may commence less than 30 days after the notice described in
                the preceding sentence is given, provided the distribution is
                one to which sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal
                Revenue Code do not apply, the plan administrator clearly
                informs the participant that the participant has a right to
                a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to
                consider the decision of whether or not to elect a
                distribution (and, if applicable, a particular  distribution
                option), and the participant, after receiving the notice,
                affirmatively elects a distribution.

                Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Participant need consent
                to the commencement of a distribution in the form of a Qualified
                Joint and Survivor Annuity while the account balance is
                immediately distributable.  (Furthermore, if payment in the form
                of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required with
                respect to the Participant pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Plan,
                only the Participant need consent to the distribution of an
                account balance that is immediately distributable. Neither the
                consent of the Participant nor the Participant's Spouse shall be
                required to the extent that a distribution is required to
                satisfy Section 401(a)(9) or Section 415 of the Code. In
                addition, upon termination of this Plan if the Plan does not
                offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider),
                and if the Employer or any entity within the same controlled

                                    Page 46
<PAGE>   88

                group as the Employer does not maintain another defined
                contribution Plan (other than an employee stock ownership Plan
                as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code), the Participant's
                account balance will, without the Participant's consent, be
                distributed to the Participant. However, if any entity within
                the same controlled group as the Employer maintains another
                defined contribution Plan (other than an employee stock
                ownership Plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code)
                then the Participant's account balance will be transferred,
                without the Participant's consent, to the other Plan if the
                Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution.

                An account balance is immediately distributable if any part of
                the account balance could be distributed to the Participant (or
                surviving spouse) before the Participant attains or would have
                attained if not deceased) the later of the Normal Retirement
                Date or age 62.

        (B)     For purposes of determining the applicability of the foregoing
                consent requirements to distributions made before the first day
                of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the
                Participant's vested account balance shall not include amounts
                attributable to accumulated deductible employee contributions
                within the meaning of Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.

7.5     COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS. Unless the Participant elects otherwise,
        payments will be made or commence to a Participant by the Trustee, as
        directed by the Committee, no later than the sixtieth (6Oth) day after
        the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which (1) the Participant
        attains age sixty-five (65) (or Normal Retirement Date; if earlier); (2)
        occurs the tenth (10th) anniversary of the year in which the Participant
        commenced participation in the Plan; or (3) the Participant terminates
        his or her service with the Employer.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and Spouse
        to consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately
        distributable, within the meaning of Section 7.4 of the Plan, shall be
        deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit
        sufficient to satisfy this section.

7.6     TIMING AND MODES OF DISTRIBUTION.

(A)     GENERAL RULES.

                (1)     Subject to Section 7.10, Joint and Survivor Annuity
                        Requirements, the requirements of this Section 7.6 shall
                        apply to any distribution of a Participant's interest
                        and will take precedence over any inconsistent
                        provisions of this Plan.  Unless otherwise specified,
                        the provisions of this Section 7.6 apply to calendar
                        years beginning after December 31, 1984.

                (2)     All distributions required under this Section 7.6 shall
                        be determined and made in accordance with the Income Tax
                        Regulations under Section 401(a)(9), including the
                        minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of
                        Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the regulations.

                (3)     The normal form of payment for a profit-sharing Plan
                        satisfying the requirements


                                    Page 47
<PAGE>   89

                        of Section 7.10(F) hereof shall be a single sum with no
                        option for annuity payments; provided, however, that
                        distributions may be made:

                        (a)     In installment payments, if the Employer has
                                elected installment payments in Item B(1O)(a) of
                                the Adoption Agreement;

                        (b)     Through such other form of benefit as may be
                                identified in Item B(10)(a) of the Adoption
                                Agreement, which shall be available to
                                Participants as an optional form of benefit
                                payment, and shall preclude Employer discretion;

                        (c)     Through such other form of benefits as may be
                                protected as Section 411(d)(6) protected
                                benefits, identified in an addendum to the
                                Adoption Agreement attached pursuant to Item
                                B(13), including any annuity purchased with the
                                Participant's account balance from an insurance
                                carrier selected by the Employer. Such optional
                                form of benefit shall be restricted to those
                                Participants, or that portion of a Participant's
                                account balances to which the optional form of
                                benefit must be applicable, as provided for in
                                Code Section 411(d)(6) and the Treasury
                                regulations issued thereunder, as identified in
                                the addendum to the Adoption Agreement described
                                above. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,
                                to the extent that the Employer does not
                                indicate in the addendum described above the
                                extent to which such Section 411(d)(6)
                                protected benefits are restricted, such optional
                                forms of benefits described in the addendum
                                shall be available to all Participants, and with
                                respect to their entire account balances.

        (B)     REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE. The entire interest of a Participant
                must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the
                Participant's required beginning date.

        (C)     LIMITS ON DISTRIBUTION PERIODS. As of the first distribution
                calendar year, distributions, if not made in a single-sum, may
                only be made over one of the following periods (or a combination
                thereof):

                (1)     the life of the Participant,

                (2)     the life of the Participant and a designated
                        Beneficiary,

                (3)     a period certain not extending beyond the life
                        expectancy of the Participant, or

                (4)     a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last
                        survivor expectancy of the Participant and a designated
                        Beneficiary.

        (D)     DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT TO BE DISTRIBUTED EACH YEAR. If the
                Participant's interest is to be distributed in other than a
                single sum, the following minimum distribution rules shall apply
                on or after the required beginning date:




                                    Page 48
<PAGE>   90
                (1)     INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT.

                        (a)     If a Participant's benefit is to be distributed
                                over:

                                (1)     a period not extending  beyond the life
                                        expectancy of the participant or the
                                        joint life and last survivor expectancy
                                        of the Participant and the Participant's
                                        designated Beneficiary or

                                (2)     a period not extending beyond the life
                                        expectancy of the designated
                                        Beneficiary, the amount required to be
                                        distributed for each calendar year,
                                        beginning with distributions for the
                                        first distribution calendar year, must
                                        at least equal the quotient obtained by
                                        dividing the Participant's benefit by
                                        the applicable life expectancy.

                        (b)     For calendar years beginning before January 1,
                                1989, if the Participant's Spouse is not the
                                designated beneficiary, the method of
                                distribution selected must assure that at least
                                50% of the present value of the amount available
                                for distribution is paid within the life
                                expectancy of the Participant.

                        (c)     For calendar years beginning after December 31,
                                1988, the amount to be distributed each year,
                                beginning with distributions for the first
                                distribution calendar year shall not be less
                                than the quotient obtained by dividing the
                                Participant's benefit by the lesser of (1) the
                                applicable life expectancy or (2) if the
                                Participant's Spouse is not the designated
                                Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined
                                from the table set forth in Q&A-4 of Section 
                                1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Income Tax Regulations.
                                Distributions after the death of the Participant
                                shall be distributed using the applicable life
                                expectancy in Section (1)(a) above as the
                                relevant divisor without regard to Regulations
                                Section 1.401(a)(9)-2

                        (d)     The minimum distribution required for the
                                Participant's first distribution calendar year
                                must be made on or before the Participant's
                                required beginning date.  The minimum
                                distribution for other calendar years,
                                including the minimum distribution for the
                                distribution calendar year in which the
                                Employee's required beginning date occurs, must
                                be made on or before December 31 of that
                                distribution calendar year.

                (2)     OTHER FORMS. If the Participant's benefit is distributed
                        in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance
                        company, distributions thereunder shall be made in
                        accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of
                        the Code and the regulations thereunder.

        (E)     DEATH DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

                (1)     DISTRIBUTION BEGINNING BEFORE DEATH. If the Participant
                        dies after distribution of his or her interest has
                        begun, the remaining portion of such interest will
                        continue

                                    Page 49
<PAGE>   91

               to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
               distribution being used prior to the Participant's death.
        
       (2)     DISTRIBUTION BEGINNING AFTER DEATH. If the Participant dies 
               before distribution of his or her interest begins, distribution
               of the Participant's entire interest shall be completed by
               December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth
               anniversary of the Participant's death except to the extent that
               an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with
               (a) or (b) below:
        
               (a)     if any portion of the Participant's interest is payable
                       to a designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made 
                       over the life or over a period certain not greater than
                       the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary
                       commencing on or before December 31 of the calendar 
                       year immediately following the calendar year in which 
                       the Participant died;

               (b)     if the designated Beneficiary is the Participant's 
                       surviving Spouse, the date distributions are required 
                       to begin in accordance with (a) above shall not be  
                       earlier than the later of (1) December 31 of the 
                       calendar year immediately following the calendar year 
                       in which the Participant died and (2) December 31 of 
                       the calendar year in which the Participant would have 
                       attained age 70-1/2.

                       If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to
                       this Section 7.6(E)(2) by the time of his or her
                       death, the Participant's designated Beneficiary must
                       elect the method of distribution no later than the
                       earlier of (1) December 31 of the calendar year in which
                       distributions would be required to begin under this
                       section, or (2) December 31 of the calendar year in
                       which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of
                       death of the Participant. If the Participant has no
                       designated Beneficiary, or if the designated 
                       Beneficiary does not elect a method of distribution,
                       distribution of the Participant's entire interest must
                       be completed by December 31 of the calendar year
                       containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's
                       death.
        
       (3)     SURVIVING SPOUSE'S DEATH.  For purposes of Section (E)(2) above,
               if the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant, but before 
               payments to such Spouse begin, the provisions of Section (E)(2)
               with the exception of paragraph (b) therein, shall be applied 
               as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

       (4)     MINOR BENEFICIARY. For purposes of this Section (E), any amount
               paid to a child of the Participant will be treated as if it had
               been paid to the surviving Spouse if the amount becomes payable
               to the surviving Spouse when the child reaches the age of 
               majority.

       (5)     DISTRIBUTION CONSIDERED TO BEGIN ON REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE.  
               For the purposes of this Section (E), distribution of a 
               Participant's interest is considered to begin on the 
               Participant's required beginning date (or, if Section (E)(3) 
               above


                                    Page 50
<PAGE>   92

                       is applicable, the date distribution is required to
                       begin to the surviving Spouse pursuant to Section (E)(2)
                       above).  If distribution in the form of an annuity
                       irrevocably commences to the Participant before the
                       required beginning date, the date distribution is
                       considered to begin is the date distribution actually
                       commences.

       (F)     DEFINITIONS.  

               (1)     APPLICABLE LIFE EXPECTANCY: The life expectancy (or 
                       joint and last survivor expectancy) calculated using 
                       the attained age of the Participant (or designated 
                       Beneficiary) as of the Participant's (or designated 
                       Beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable calendar year
                       reduced by one for each calendar year which has elapsed
                       since the date life expectancy was first calculated. If
                       life expectancy is being recalculated, the applicable 
                       life expectancy shall be the life expectancy as so 
                       recalculated. The applicable calendar year shall be the
                       first distribution calendar year, and if life 
                       expectancy is being recalculated such succeeding 
                       calendar year.

               (2)     DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY: The individual who is designated
                       as the Beneficiary under the Plan in accordance with 
                       Section 401(a)(9) and the proposed regulations 
                       thereunder.

               (3)     DISTRIBUTION CALENDAR YEAR: A calendar year for which a
                       minimum distribution is required. For distributions 
                       beginning before the Participant's death, the first 
                       distribution calendar year is the calendar year 
                       immediately preceding the calendar year which contains 
                       the Participant's required beginning date. For 
                       distributions beginning after the Participant's death, 
                       the first distribution calendar year is the calendar 
                       year in which distributions are required to begin 
                       pursuant to Section (E) above.

               (4)     LIFE EXPECTANCY: Life expectancy and joint and last 
                       survivor expectancy are computed by use of the expected
                       return multiples in Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 
                       of the Income Tax Regulations.

                       Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or Spouse,
                       in the case of distributions described in Section
                       (E)(2)(b) above) by the time distributions are required
                       to begin, life expectancies shall be recalculated
                       annually. Such election shall be irrevocable as to the
                       Participant (or Spouse) and shall apply to all
                       subsequent years. The life expectancy of a non-spouse
                       Beneficiary may not be recalculated.
        
               (5)     PARTICIPANT'S BENEFIT: 

                       (a)     The account balance as of the last valuation 
                               date in the calendar year immediately preceding
                               the distribution calendar year (valuation
                               calendar year) increased by the amount of any
                               contributions or forfeitures allocated to the
                               account balance as of dates in the valuation
                               calendar year after the valuation date and
                               decreased by distributions made in the
        

                                    Page 51
<PAGE>   93

                       valuation calendar year after the valuation date.

               (b)     Exception for second distribution calendar year. For 
                       purposes of paragraph (a) above, if any portion of the 
                       minimum distribution for the first distribution 
                       calendar year is made in the second distribution 
                       calendar year on or before the required beginning date,
                       the amount of the minimum distribution made in the 
                       second distribution calendar year shall be treated as 
                       if it had been made in the immediately preceding 
                       distribution calendar year.

       (6)     REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE:

               (a)     GENERAL RULE. The required beginning date of a 
                       Participant is the first day of April of the calendar 
                       year following the calendar year in which the
                       Participant attains age 70-1/2.

               (b)     TRANSITIONAL RULES. The required beginning date of a 
                       Participant who attains age 70-1/2 before January 1, 
                       1988, shall be determined in accordance with (1) or 
                       (2) below:

                       (1)     Non-5-percent owners. The required beginning 
                               date of a Participant who is not a 5-percent 
                               owner is the first day of April of the calendar
                               year following the calendar year in which the 
                               later of retirement or attainment of age 70-1/2
                               occurs.

                       (2)     5-percent owners. The required beginning date 
                               of a Participant who is a 5-percent owner 
                               during any year beginning after December 31, 
                               1979, is the first day of April following the
                               later of:

                               (i)     the calendar year in which the 
                                       participant attains age 70-1/2, or

                               (ii)    the earlier of the calendar year with 
                                       or within which ends the Plan Year in 
                                       which the Participant becomes a 
                                       5-percent owner, or the calendar year
                                       in which the Participant retires.

                       The required beginning date of a Participant who is not
                       a 5-percent owner who attains age 70-1/2 during 1988 and
                       who has not retired as of January 1, 1989, is April 1,
                       1990.
        
               (c)     5-PERCENT OWNER.  A Participant is treated as a 
                       5-percent owner for purposes of this Section if such
                       Participant is a 5-percent owner as defined in Section
                       416(i) of the Code (determined in accordance with
                       Section 416 but without regard to whether the Plan is
                       top-heavy) at any time during the Plan Year ending with
                       or within the calendar year in which such owner attains
                       age 66-1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year.
        
                                   Page 52
<PAGE>   94

                       (d)     Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent 
                               owner under this Section, they must continue to
                               be distributed, even if the Participant ceases 
                               to be a 5-percent owner in a subsequent year.

       (G)     TRANSITIONAL RULE.

               (1)     DISTRIBUTIONS TO 5-PERCENT OWNERS. Notwithstanding the 
                       other requirements of this Section 7.6 and subject to 
                       the requirements of Section 7.10, Joint and Survivor 
                       Annuity Requirements, distributions on behalf of any
                       Employee, including a 5-percent owner, may be made in 
                       accordance with all of the following requirements 
                       (regardless of when such distribution commences):

                       (a)     The distribution by the plan is one which 
                               would not have disqualified such plan under 
                               Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code 
                               as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit 
                               Reduction Act of 1984.

                       (b)     The distribution is in accordance with a method
                               of distribution designated by the Employee 
                               whose interest in the plan is being 
                               distributed or, if the Employee is deceased, 
                               by a Beneficiary of such Employee.

                       (c)     Such designation was in writing, was signed by 
                               the Employee or the Beneficiary, and was made 
                               before January 1, 1984.

                       (d)     The Employee had accrued a benefit under the 
                               Plan as of December 31, 1983.

                       (e)     The method of distribution designated by the  
                               Employee or the Beneficiary specifies the time 
                               at which distribution will commence, the period
                               over which distributions will be made, and in 
                               the case of any distribution upon the Employee's 
                               death, the Beneficiaries of the Employee 
                               listed in order of priority.

               (2)     DISTRIBUTION ON DEATH. A distribution upon death will 
                       not be covered by this transitional rule unless the 
                       information in the designation contains the required 
                       information described above with respect to the 
                       distributions to be made upon the death of the Employee.

               (3)     DESIGNATION OF DISTRIBUTION METHOD. For any 
                       distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, 
                       but continues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, 
                       or the Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being 
                       made, will be presumed to have designated the method 
                       of distribution under which the distribution is being 
                       made if the method of distribution was specified in
                       writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements
                       in subsections (G)(1)(a) and (e).

               (4)     REVOCATION OF DESIGNATIONS.  If a designation is 
                       revoked any subsequent distribution must satisfy the 
                       requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and


                                    Page 53
<PAGE>   95
                        the regulations thereunder. If a designation is revoked
                        subsequent to the date distributions are required to
                        begin, the plan must distribute by the end of the
                        calendar year following the calendar year in which the
                        revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed
                        which would have been required to have been distributed
                        to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
                        regulations thereunder, but for the Section 242(b)(2)
                        election. For calendar years beginning after December
                        31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum
                        distribution incidental benefit requirements in Section
                        1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Income Tax Regulations.  Any
                        changes in the designation will be considered to be a
                        revocation of the designation. However, the mere
                        substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not
                        named in the designation) under the designation will not
                        be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so
                        long as such substitution or addition does not alter
                        the period over which distributions are to be made under
                        the designation, directly or indirectly (for example,
                        by altering the relevant measuring life). In the case
                        in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from
                        one Plan to another Plan, the rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A
                        J-3 shall apply.

7.7     DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

        (A)     DEFAULT BENEFICIARY.  In the case of a Participant who is
                married, the Participant's Beneficiary shall be the
                Participant's Spouse, but if the Participant's Spouse consents
                as provided in this Section 7.7, or if the Participant is not
                married, then the Participant shall have the right to designate
                that after such Participant's death such Participant's accounts
                shall be distributed to a designated Beneficiary or
                Beneficiaries.

        (B)     SPOUSAL CONSENT. Any consent of a Spouse given pursuant to this
                Section must be in writing and given prior to the death of the
                Participant. Such consent must acknowledge the effect of the
                Participant's Beneficiary designation, the identity of any
                non-Spouse Beneficiary, including any class of Beneficiaries and
                contingent Beneficiaries, and the consent must be witnessed by a
                Plan representative or a Notary Public. The Participant may not
                subsequently change the designation of his or her Beneficiary
                unless his Spouse consents to the new designation in accordance
                with the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence. The
                consent of a Participant's Spouse shall not be required if the
                Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Committee
                that consent may not be obtained because there is no Spouse, the
                Spouse cannot be located or because of such other circumstances
                as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulations. A
                Spouse's consent shall be irrevocable. Any consent by a Spouse,
                or establishment that the consent of the Spouse may not be
                obtained, shall be effective only with respect to that Spouse.

        (C)     CHANGING BENEFICIARIES. Subject to Subparagraphs (A) and (B)
                above, the Participant's designation of Beneficiary may be made,
                changed or revoked by the Participant at any time by a written
                instrument, in form satisfactory to the Committee, and shall
                become effective only when executed by such Participant (and, if
                applicable, consented to by the Participant's Spouse as Set
                forth in Section 7.7(B)) and filed with the Committee prior to
                such Participant's death. If all of the Beneficiaries named in
                such designation shall have


                                    Page 54
<PAGE>   96
                predeceased such Participant, or die prior to complete
                distribution of the Participant's accounts, or if such
                Participant fails to execute and file a designation and is not
                survived by a Spouse the payment of such Participant's accounts
                shall be made pursuant to the Plan and to such Beneficiaries as
                required by state law. Neither the Employer, the Committee, nor
                the Trustee, shall have any duty to see that such Participant,
                any Spouse or any Beneficiary executes and files any such
                designation with the Committee.

7.8     OPTIONAL FORMS OF BENEFIT. The optional forms of benefit provided by
        this Plan are not subject to Employer discretion and are made available
        to all Participants on a nondiscriminatory basis.  The optional forms of
        benefit are described in Articles III and VII, as may be selected in the
        Adoption Agreement. If selected in Item B(13) of the Adoption Agreement,
        the Employer may attach to the Plan a list of the Section "411(d)(6)
        protected benefits" that must be preserved from a individually designed
        Plan or other prototype Plan which this Plan amends.

7.9     DISTRIBUTION UPON DISABILITY. In the event of the Disability of the
        Participant, the Trustee, following receipt of notification of such
        Disability from the Committee, shall make distributions from the
        Account.

7.10    JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS.

        (A)     APPLICATION. The provisions of this Section 7.10 shall apply to
                any Participant who is credited with at least one Hour of
                Service with the Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such
                other Participants as provided in Section 7.10(G).

        (B)     QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY. Unless an optional form of
                benefit is selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the
                ninety-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date, a married
                Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid in the form of
                a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and an unmarried
                Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid in the form of
                a life annuity. The Participant may elect to have such annuity
                distributed upon attainment of the Earliest Retirement Age
                under the Plan.

        (C)     QUALIFIED PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY. Unless an optional
                form of benefit has been selected within the election period
                pursuant to a Qualified Election, if a Participant dies before
                the Annuity Starting Date then the Participant's Vested Account
                Balance shall be applied toward the purchase of an annuity for
                the life of the surviving Spouse.  The surviving Spouse may
                elect to have such annuity distributed within a reasonable
                period after the Participant's death.

        (D)     DEFINITIONS.

                (1)     ELECTION PERIOD: The period which begins on the first
                        day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains
                        age 35 and ends on the date of the Participant's death.
                        If a Participant separates from service prior to the
                        first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained,
                        with respect to the account balance as of the date of
                        separation, the election period shall begin on the date
                        of separation.



                                    Page 55
<PAGE>   97
                        Pre-age 35 waiver: A Participant who will not yet attain
                        age 35 as of the end of any current Plan Year may make a
                        special Qualified Election to waive the Qualified
                        Preretirement Survivor Annuity for the period beginning
                        on the date of such election and ending on the first day
                        of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain
                        age 35. Such election shall not be valid unless the
                        Participant receives a written explanation of the
                        Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms
                        as are comparable to the explanation required under
                        Section 7.10(E).  Qualified Preretirement Survivor
                        Annuity coverage will be automatically reinstated as of
                        the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
                        attains age 35.  Any new waiver on or after such date
                        shall be subject to the full requirements of this
                        Section 7.10.

                (2)     EARLIEST RETIREMENT AGE:  The earliest date on which,
                        under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive
                        retirement benefits.

                (3)     QUALIFIED ELECTION: A waiver of a Qualified Joint and
                        Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor
                        Annuity. Any waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
                        Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
                        shall not be effective unless: (a) the Participant's
                        Spouse consents in writing to the election; (b) the
                        election designates a specific Beneficiary including any
                        class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries,
                        which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the
                        Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant
                        without any further spousal consent); (c) the Spouse's
                        consent acknowledges the effect of the election; and (d)
                        the Spouse's consent is witnessed by a Plan
                        representative or Notary Public.  Additionally, a
                        Participant's waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor
                        Annuity shall not be effective unless the election
                        designates a form of benefit payment which may not be
                        changed without spousal consent (or the spouse expressly
                        permits designations by the Participant without any
                        further spousal consent). If it is established to the
                        satisfaction of a Plan representative that there is no
                        Spouse or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver
                        will be deemed a Qualified Election.

                        Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision
                        (or establishment that the consent of a Spouse may not
                        be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to 
                        such Spouse. A consent that permits designations by the
                        Participant without any requirement of further consent
                        by such Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse has the
                        right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a
                        specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the
                        Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both
                        of such rights. A revocation of a prior waiver may be
                        made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse
                        at any time before the commencement of benefits. The
                        number of revocations shall not be limited. No consent
                        obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the
                        Participant has received notice as provided in
                        Paragraph (E) below.
        
                (4)     QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY: An immediate
                        annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor
                        annuity for the life of the Spouse which is not less
                        than 50 percent and not more than 100 percent of the
                        amount of the annuity


                                    Page 56
<PAGE>   98
                        which is payable during the joint lives of the
                        Participant and the Spouse and which is the amount of
                        benefit which can be purchased with the Participant's
                        vested account balance. The percentage of the survivor
                        annuity under the Plan shall be 50%.

                (5)     SPOUSE (SURVIVING SPOUSE): the Spouse or surviving
                        Spouse of the Participant, provided that a former Spouse
                        will be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse and
                        the current Spouse will not be treated as the Spouse or
                        surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a
                        qualified domestic relations order as described in
                        Section 414(p) of the Code.

                (6)     ANNUITY STARTING DATE: The first day of the first period
                        for which an amount is payable as an annuity or any
                        other form.

                (7)     VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE: The aggregate value of the
                        Participant's vested account balances derived from
                        Employer and Employee contributions (including
                        rollovers), whether vested before or upon death. The
                        provisions of this Section 7.10 shall apply to a
                        Participant who is vested in amounts attributable to
                        Employer contributions, Employee contributions (or both)
                        at the time of death or distribution.

(E)     NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

        (1)     QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY.  In the case of a
                Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as described in Section
                7.10(B), the Committee shall no less than 30 days and no more
                than 90 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date provide each
                Participant a written explanation of:  (i) the terms and
                conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii) the
                Participant's right to make and the effect of an election to
                waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit;
                (iii) the rights of a Participant's Spouse; and (iv) the right
                to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election
                to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

        (2)     QUALIFIED PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY.  In the case of a
                Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity as described in
                Section 7.10(C), the Committee shall provide each Participant
                within the applicable period for such Participant a written
                explanation of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in
                such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the
                explanation provided for meeting the requirements of Section
                7.10(E) applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

                The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of the
                following periods ends last: (i) the period beginning with the
                first day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the
                Participant attains age thirty-two (32) and ending with the
                close of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age
                thirty-five (35); (ii) a reasonable period ending after the
                individual becomes a Participant; (iii) a reasonable period
                ending after Section 7.10(E)(3) ceases to apply to the


                                    Page 57
<PAGE>   99
                        Participant; and (iv) a reasonable period ending after
                        Section 7.10 first applies to the Participant.
                        Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided
                        within a reasonable period ending after separation from
                        service in the case of a Participant who separates from
                        service before attaining age thirty-five (35).

                        For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a
                        reasonable period ending after the enumerated events
                        described in (ii), (iii) and (iv) is the end of the
                        two-year period beginning one year prior to the date the
                        applicable event occurs, and ending one year after that
                        date. In the case of a Participant who separates from
                        service before the Plan Year in which age 35 is
                        attained, notice shall be provided within the two-year
                        period beginning one-year prior to separation and ending
                        one year after separation.  If such a Participant
                        thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the
                        applicable period for such participant shall be
                        redetermined.

                (3)     SUBSIDIZED ANNUITY DISTRIBUTIONS.  Notwithstanding the
                        other requirements of this Section 7.10(E), the
                        respective notices prescribed by this Section 7.10(E)
                        need not be given to a Participant if (1) the Plan
                        "fully subsidizes" the cost of a Qualified Joint and
                        Survivor Annuity or Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor
                        Annuity, and (2) the Plan does not allow the Participant
                        to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or
                        Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and does not
                        allow a married Participant to designate a non-Spouse
                        Beneficiary.  For purposes of this Section 7.10(E), a
                        Plan fully subsidizes the cost of a benefit if no
                        increase in cost, or decrease in benefits to the
                        Participant may result from the Participant's failure to
                        elect another benefit.

        (F)     SAFE HARBOR RULES.

                (1)     APPLICATION. This Section shall apply to a Participant
                        in a profit-sharing Plan, and to any distribution, made
                        on or after the first day of the first Plan Year
                        beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a
                        separate account attributable solely to accumulated
                        deductible employee contributions, as defined in Section
                        72(o)(5)(B) of the Code, and maintained on behalf of a
                        Participant in a money purchase pension Plan, (including
                        a target benefit Plan) if the following conditions are
                        satisfied: (1) the Participant does not or cannot elect
                        payments in the form of a life annuity, and (2) on the
                        death of the Participant, the Participant's vested
                        account balance will be paid to the Participant's
                        surviving Spouse, but if there is no surviving Spouse
                        or, if the surviving Spouse has already consented in a
                        manner conforming to a Qualified Election, then to the
                        Participant's designated Beneficiary. The surviving
                        Spouse may elect to have distribution of the vested
                        account balance commence within the 90-day period
                        following the date of the Participant's death.  The
                        account balance shall be adjusted for gains or losses
                        occurring after the Participant's death in accordance
                        with the provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment
                        of account balances for other types of distributions.
                        This Section 7.10(F) shall not be operative with respect
                        to a Participant in a profit-sharing Plan if the Plan is
                        a direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit
                        Plan, money purchase Plan, a target benefit Plan,


                                    Page 58
<PAGE>   100
                        stock bonus, or profit-sharing Plan which is subject to
                        the survivor annuity requirements of Section 401(a)(11)
                        and Section 417 of the Code. If this Section 7.10(F) is
                        operative, then the provisions of this Section 7.10,
                        other than in Section 7.10(G), shall be inoperative.

                (2)     WAIVER. The Participant may waive the spousal death
                        benefit described in this section at any time provided
                        that no such waiver shall be effective unless it
                        satisfies the conditions of Section 7.10(D)(3) (other
                        than the notification requirement referred to therein)
                        that would apply to the Participant's waiver of the
                        Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

                (3)     VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE. For purposes of this Section
                        7.10(F), vested account balance shall mean, if the case
                        of a money purchase pension Plan or a target benefit
                        Plan, the Participant's separate account balance
                        attributable solely to accumulated deductible employee
                        contributions within the meaning of Section 72(o)(5) (B)
                        of the Code. In the case of a profit-sharing Plan,
                        vested account balance shall have the same meaning as
                        provided in Section 7.10(D)(7).

        (G)     TRANSITIONAL RULES.

                (1)     Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August
                        23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits
                        prescribed by the previous sections of this Section 7.10
                        must be given the opportunity to elect to have the prior
                        sections of this Section 7.10 apply if such Participant
                        is credited with at least one Hour of Service under this
                        Plan or a predecessor Plan in a Plan Year beginning on
                        or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at
                        least ten (10) years of vesting service when he or she
                        separated from service.

                (2)     Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August
                        23, 1984 who was credited with at least one Hour of
                        Service under this Plan or predecessor Plan on or after
                        September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited
                        with any service in a Plan Year beginning on or after
                        January 1, 1976 must be given the opportunity to have
                        his or her benefits paid in accordance with Section 
                        7.10(G)(4).

                (3)     The respective opportunities to elect (as described in
                        Section 7.10(G)(1) and (2) above) must be afforded to
                        the appropriate Participants during the period
                        commencing on August 23, 1984 and ending on the date
                        benefits would otherwise commence to these Participants.

                (4)     Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Section 
                        7.10(G)(2) and any Participant who does not elect under
                        Section 7.10(G)(1) or who meets the requirements of
                        Section 7.10(G)(1) except that such Participant does
                        not have at least ten (10) years of vesting service when
                        he or she separates from service, shall have his or her
                        benefits distributed in accordance with all of the
                        following requirements of benefits would have been
                        payable in the form of a life annuity:

                        a)      Automatic joint and survivor annuity. If
                                benefits in the form of a life


                                    Page 59
<PAGE>   101
                                annuity become payable to a married participant
                                who:

                                (1)  begins to receive payments under the
                                     Plan on or after Normal Retirement Date: or

                                (2)  dies on or after Normal Retirement Date
                                     while still working for the Employer; or

                                (3)  begins to receive payments on or after
                                     the Qualified Early Retirement Age; or

                                (4)  separates from service on or after
                                     attaining Normal Retirement Date (or the
                                     Qualified Early Retirement Age) and after
                                     satisfying the eligibility requirements
                                     for the payment of benefits under the Plan
                                     and thereafter dies before beginning to
                                     receive such benefits;

                                then such benefits will be received under this
                                Plan in the form of a Qualified Joint and
                                Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has
                                elected otherwise during the election period.
                                The election period must begin at least 6 months
                                before the Participant attains Qualified Early
                                Retirement Age and end not more than 90 days
                                before the commencement of benefits.  Any
                                election hereunder will be in writing and may be
                                changed by the Participant at any time.

                        b)      Election of early survivor annuity. A
                                Participant who is employed after attaining the
                                Qualified Early Retirement Age will be given the
                                opportunity to elect, during the election
                                period, to have a survivor annuity payable on
                                death. If the Participant elects the survivor
                                annuity, payments under such annuity must not be
                                less than the payments which would have been
                                made to the Spouse under the Qualified Joint and
                                Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired
                                on the day before his or her death. Any election
                                under this provision will be in writing and may
                                be changed by the Participant at any time. The
                                election period begins on the later of (1) the
                                9Oth day before the Participant attains the
                                Qualified Early Retirement Age, or (2) the date
                                on which participation begins, and ends on the
                                date the Participant terminates employment.

                        c)      For purposes of this Section 7.10(G)(4):

                                (1)  Qualified Early Retirement Age is the
                                     latest of: (i) the earliest date, under the
                                     Plan, on which the Participant may elect to
                                     receive retirement benefits, (ii) the first
                                     day of the 120th month beginning before the
                                     Participant reaches Normal Retirement Date,
                                     or (iii) the date the Participant begins
                                     participation.

                                (2)  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is
                                     an annuity for the life of the participant
                                     with a survivor annuity for the life of the
                                     spouse as described in Section 7.10(D)(4).




                                    Page 60
<PAGE>   102
        (H)     Nontransferability. Any annuity distributed from the Plan must
                be nontransferable.

        (I)     Incorporation of Terms. The terms of any annuity contract
                purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or Spouse
                shall comply with the requirements of this Plan.

7.11    DISTRIBUTIONS TO QUALIFIED PLANS. In the event a former Employee whose
        accounts have not been fully distributed becomes an active participant
        in a Plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, the Committee may
        direct the Trustee to transfer the amount in such Participant's
        account(s) to any such Plan provided the Plan to receive such transfers
        authorizes accepting the transfer, provides that assets transferred
        shall be held in a separate account and requires that the assets
        transferred shall not be subject to any forfeiture provisions.

7.12    PROFIT SHARING PLANS AND 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLANS ONLY-WITHDRAWAL OF
        EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, in
        accordance with rules for giving notice as determined by the Committee,
        and as elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may withdraw as
        of the first Accounting Date subsequent to receipt by the Committee of
        such notice:

        (A)     An amount equal to not more than 100% of the Participant's
                Employer Contribution Account determined as of such Accounting
                Date. No Participant who has made any withdrawal of Employer
                Contributions in the twelve (12) months preceding the giving of
                such notice may make a withdrawal under this Section.

        (B)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.12,
                any withdrawal made pursuant to Section 7.12(A) shall be for a
                minimum whole dollar amount not less than Five Hundred Dollars
                ($500.00); except that if the amount available for withdrawal is
                less than Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) then the minimum amount
                of the withdrawal shall be the amount available.

        (C)     No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an Employee's
                withdrawal of Employer Contributions.

        (D)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.12, a
                Participant may not make a withdrawal, pursuant to this Section
                of any portion of the Participant's vested interest which has
                been assigned to secure repayment of a loan in accordance with
                Section 10.10, below, until such time as the Committee shall
                have released said portion so assigned.

7.13.   PROHIBITION AGAINST ALIENATION.

        (A)     Except as provided in Sections 401(a)(13) and 414(p) of the
                Code, no benefit or interest available under this Plan will be
                subject to assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or
                involuntarily.

        (B)     The preceding sentence shall also apply to the creation,
                assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable
                with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations
                order, unless the Committee determines that such order is a
                qualified domestic relations

                                    Page 61
<PAGE>   103
                order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, or any domestic
                relations order entered before January 1, 1985.

        (C)     All rights and benefits, including elections, provided to a
                Participant in this Plan shall be subject to the rights afforded
                to any "alternate payee" under a "qualified domestic relations
                order." Furthermore, an immediate distribution to an "alternate
                payee" shall be permitted if such distribution is authorized by
                a "qualified domestic relations order," even if the affected
                Participant has not reached the "earliest retirement age" under
                the Plan, provided that in no event will any such distribution
                accelerate the repayment of any loan made to the affected
                Participant under the Plan, unless such Participant consents
                thereto in writing.  For purposes of this Section 7.13,
                "alternate payee," "qualified domestic relations order" and
                "earliest retirement age" shall have the meaning set forth under
                Code Section 414(p), unless a Qualified Distribution Date has
                been selected in the Adoption Agreement, in which case the
                earliest retirement age shall be the date on which the domestic
                relations order is determined to be qualified.

7.14    MISSING PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY. Each Participant and/or each
        Beneficiary must file with the Committee from time to time in writing
        his or her post office address and each change of post office address.
        Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a Participant and/or
        Beneficiary at such last post office address filed with the Committee or
        if no address is filed with the Committee then at the last post office
        address as shown on the Employer's records, will be binding on the
        Participant and/or Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan.  Neither
        the Committee nor the Trustee shall be required to search for or locate
        a Participant or Beneficiary.

        Any other provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if any
        application for a benefit has not been filed by a Participant otherwise
        eligible therefor within ninety (90) days after the Plan Year in which
        occurred his or her termination date, the Committee shall mail to such
        Participant and/or Beneficiary at his or her last known address an
        application for benefit and a reminder that he or she is eligible for
        such benefit. If such application is not filed with the Committee in
        accordance with the provisions of the Plan within ninety (90) days after
        it is so mailed to such Participant or his or her termination date,
        whichever is later, the benefit shall be forfeited and shall be used to
        reduce future Employer Contributions as though the Participant were not
        vested in his or her accounts as of the end of said ninety (90) day
        period. Upon the subsequent filing of an application therefor by the
        Participant and/or his Beneficiary, such accounts shall be immediately
        reinstated pursuant to this provision as though the Participant were
        100% vested in his or her accounts in an amount equal to the cash value
        of the accounts on the date forfeited.  To the extent forfeited amounts
        are not available, the Employer shall contribute the amount required to
        reinstate the Participant's account balance.

7.15    LIMITATION ON CERTAIN DISTRIBUTIONS.  Notwithstanding anything contained
        herein to the contrary, the Trustee may, in its discretion, delay
        satisfying requests for distributions for up to one year where
        distributions require amounts to be withdrawn from the Guaranteed
        Investment Contract Fund; provided, however, that in no event shall the
        Trustee delay distributions to a Participant beyond the legally required
        time for distribution as set forth in Section 7.5.

7.16    FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONS AND WITHDRAWALS.  The Trustee shall make all
        distributions and withdrawals under the Plan, including Hardship
        withdrawals, other withdrawals while the


                                    Page 62
<PAGE>   104
        Participant is still employed, and distributions upon retirement,
        disability, death and separation from service, pro rata, from all
        accounts and Investment Funds, as follows:

        (A)     In a Plan with no Employer Stock Fund, all withdrawals and
                distributions under the Plan shall be made in cash.

        (B)     In a Plan with an Employer Stock Fund:

                (i)     Withdrawals and distributions under the Plan from the
                        other Investment Fund(s) shall be made in cash.

                (2)     Withdrawals and distributions under the Plan from the
                        Employer Stock Fund may be made in cash or in full
                        shares of Employer Stock, with any fractional share paid
                        in cash, as elected by the Participant.  For the cash
                        portion of any distribution or withdrawal, the
                        Participant will receive the cash proceeds from the sale
                        of shares of Employer Stock as of the sale date.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                DIRECT ROLLOVERS

8.1     GENERAL.   This Article applies to distributions made on or after
        January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
        contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this
        Article, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner
        prescribed by the Plan administrator, to have any portion of an eligible
        rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement Plan
        specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

8.2     DEFINITIONS.

        (A)     ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION: An eligible rollover
                distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the
                balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an
                eligible rollover distribution does not include: any
                distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
                periodic payments (not less frequently than annually ) made for
                the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint
                lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the
                distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period
                of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such
                distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code;
                and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in
                gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net
                unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

        (B)     ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN: An eligible retirement Plan is an
                individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the
                Code, an individual retirement annuity described in section
                408(b) of the Code, an annuity Plan described in section 403(a)
                of the Code, or a qualified trust described in section 401(a) of
                the Code, that accepts the distributee's eligible rollover
                distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover
                distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement
                Plan is an individual retirement account or individual
                retirement annuity.



                                    Page 63
<PAGE>   105
        (C)     DISTRIBUTEE: A distributee includes an Employee or former
                Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's
                surviving Spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's Spouse
                or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified
                domestic relations order, as defined in section 414(p) of the
                Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse
                or former Spouse.

        (D)     DIRECT ROLLOVER:  A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to
                the eligible retirement Plan specified by the distributee.

        (E)     WAIVER OF NOTICE. If a distribution is one to which Sections
                401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply,
                such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the
                notice required under Section 1.411(a)-(11)(c) of the Income
                Tax Regulations is given, provided that: (1) the plan
                administrator clearly informs the Participant that the
                Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
                receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not
                to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular
                distribution option), and (2) the Participant, after receiving
                the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

9.1     USE OF TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS. If the Plan becomes a Top-Heavy Plan in any
        Plan Year after December 31, 1983, the provisions of this Article IX
        will supersede any conflicting provision in the Plan or the Adoption
        Agreement. The Committee has sole responsibility to make the
        determination as to the top-heavy status of the Plan.

9.2     TOP-HEAVY DEFINITIONS.

        (A)     KEY EMPLOYEE: Any Employee or former Employee (and the
                Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during the
                determination period was an officer of the Employer if such
                individual's annual Compensation exceeds 50% of the dollar
                limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code, an owner (or
                considered an owner under Section 318 of the Code) of one of the
                ten largest interests in the Employer if such individual's
                Compensation exceeds 100% of the dollar limitation under Section
                415(c)(1)(A) of the Code, a 5 per cent owner of the Employer, or
                a 1 per cent owner of the Employer who has an annual
                Compensation of more than $150,000. Annual compensation means
                compensation as defined in Item B(4)(a) of the Adoption
                Agreement, but including amounts contributed by the Employer
                pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable
                from the Employee's gross income under Section 125, Section
                402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(B) or Section 403(b) of the Code.
                The determination period is the Plan Year containing the
                Determination Date and  the 4 preceding Plan Years.

                The determination of who is Key Employee will made by the
                Committee in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and
                the regulations thereunder.

        (B)     TOP-HEAVY PLAN: This Plan, for any Plan Year beginning after
                December 31, 1983, if any of the following conditions exists:

                                   Page 64
<PAGE>   106
                (1)     If the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent
                        and this Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation
                        Group or Permissive Aggregation Group of plans.

                (2)     If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group
                        of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group
                        and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds
                        60 percent.

                (3)     If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group
                        and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and
                        the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group
                        exceeds 60 percent.

        (C)     TOP-HEAVY RATIO: For purposes of determining if the Plan is a
                Top-Heavy Plan:

                (1)     If the Employer maintains one or more defined
                        contribution plans (including any Simplified employee
                        pension Plan) and the Employer has not maintained any
                        defined benefit Plan which during the 5-year period
                        ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had
                        accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan
                        alone or for the Required or Permissive Aggregation
                        Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of
                        which is the sum of the account balances of all Key
                        Employees as of the Determination Date(s) (including any
                        part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year
                        period ending on the Determination Date(s)), and the
                        denominator of which is the sum of all account balances
                        (including any part of any account balance distributed
                        in the 5-year period ending on the Determination
                        Date(s), both computed in accordance with Section 416 of
                        the Code and the regulations thereunder. Both the
                        numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are
                        increased to reflect any contribution not actually made
                        as of the Determination Date, but which is required to
                        be taken into account on that date under Section 416 of
                        the Code and the regulations thereunder.

                (2)     If the Employer maintains one or more defined
                        contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee
                        Pension Plan) and the Employer maintains or has
                        maintained one or more defined benefit plans which
                        during the 5-year period ending on the Determination
                        Date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the
                        Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required or Permissive
                        Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the
                        numerator of which is the sum of account balances under
                        the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for
                        all Key Employees determined in accordance with (1)
                        above, and the Present Value of accrued benefits under
                        the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key
                        Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the
                        denominator of which is the sum of the account balances
                        under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans
                        for all Participants, determined in accordance with (1)
                        above, and the Present Value of accrued benefits under
                        the defined benefit plan or plans for all Participants
                        as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in
                        accordance with Section 416 of the Code and regulations
                        thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit
                        plan in both the numerator and denominator of the
                        Top-Heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution of an
                        accrued benefit made in the five-year period



                                    Page 65
<PAGE>   107
                        ending on the Determination Date.

                (3)     For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of account
                        balances and the Present Value of accrued benefits will
                        be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that
                        falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on
                        the Determination Date, except as provided in Section 
                        416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder for the
                        first and second Plan years of a defined benefit Plan.
                        The account balances and accrued benefits of a 
                        Participant (a) who is not a Key Employee but who was a
                        Key Employee in a prior year, or (b) who has not been
                        credited with at least one Hour of Service with any
                        Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the
                        five-year period ending on the Determination Date will
                        be disregarded. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio,
                        and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and
                        transfers are taken into account will be made in
                        accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the
                        regulations thereunder.  Voluntary deductible employee
                        contributions will not be taken into account for
                        purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio. When
                        aggregating plans the value of account balances and
                        accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to
                        the Determination Dates that fall within the same
                        calendar year.
        
                        The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key
                        Employee shall be determined under (a) the method, if
                        any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under
                        all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or
                        (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit
                        accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate
                        permitted under the fractional rule of Section
                        411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

        (D)     PERMISSIVE AGGREGATION GROUP: The Required Aggregation Group of
                plans plus any other Plan or plans of the Employer which, when
                considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group,
                would continue to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(4)
                and Section 410 of the Code.

        (E)     REQUIRED AGGREGATION GROUP: (1) Each qualified Plan of the
                Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or
                participated at any time during the determination period
                (regardless of whether the Plan has terminated), and (2) any
                other qualified Plan of Employer which enables a Plan described
                in (1) to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or Section
                410 of the Code.

        (F)     DETERMINATION DATE: For purposes of determining if there is a 
                Key Employee and for calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio: 1) for any
                Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the
                preceding Plan Year, and 2) for the first Plan Year of the Plan,
                the last day of that year.

        (G)     VALUATION DATE: The date specified in Item B(14)(c) of the
                Adoption Agreement as of which account balances or accrued
                benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the Top-Heavy
                Ratio.

        (H)     PRESENT VALUE: Present Value shall be based only on the interest
                and mortality rates


                                    Page 66
<PAGE>   108
                specified in the Adoption Agreement.

9.3     MINIMUM ALLOCATION.

        (A)     Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.3(C) and (D) below,
                the Employer Contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf
                of any Participant who is not a Key Employee shall not be less
                than the lesser of three per cent (3%) of such Participant's
                Compensation or in the case where the Employer has no defined
                benefit Plan which designates this Plan to satisfy Section 401
                of the Code, the largest percentage of Employer contributions
                and forfeitures, as a percentage of the Key Employee's
                Compensation, as limited by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code,
                allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that year. The
                minimum allocation is determined without regard to any Social
                Security contribution.  This minimum allocation shall be made
                even though, under other Plan provisions, the Participant would
                not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation or would
                have received a lesser allocation for the year because of (i)
                such Participants failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service
                (or any other equivalent provided in the Plan) or (ii) the
                Employee's failure to make mandatory contributions or (iii)     
                Compensation less than a stated amount.

        (B)     For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, Compensation
                shall mean Compensation as defined in Section 6.6(A) as limited
                by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.
   
        (C)     Section 9.3(A) shall not apply to any Participant who was not
                employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

        (D)     Section 9.3(A) shall not apply to any Participant to the extent
                the Participant is covered under any other plan or plans of the
                Employer and the Employer has provided in Item B(14) of the
                Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation or benefit
                requirement applicable to Top-Heavy Plans will be met in the
                other plan or plans.

        (E)     The minimum allocation required (to the extent required to be
                nonforfeitable under Section 416(b) of the Code) may not be
                forfeited under Section 411(a)(3)(B) or Section 411(a)(3)(D) of
                the Code.

        (F)     For each Plan Year in which the Paired Plans are Top-Heavy, the
                Top-Heavy requirements set forth in Article VIII of the Plan and
                Item B(14) of the Adoption Agreement shall apply.

        (G)     Neither Before Tax Contributions nor Matching Contributions may
                be taken into account for the purpose of satisfying the minimum
                Top-Heavy contribution requirements.

9.4     MINIMUM VESTING SCHEDULES. For any Plan Year in which this Plan is a
        Top-Heavy Plan, the vesting schedule elected by the Employer in Item
        B(14) and/or C(4)(d) of the Adoption Agreement will automatically apply
        to the Plan. The minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits within
        the meaning of Section 411(a)(7) of the Code except those attributable
        to Employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the
        effective date of Section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan
        became a Top-Heavy Plan.  Further, no decrease in a

                                   Page 67
<PAGE>   109
        Participant's nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the event the
        Plan's Status as a Top-Heavy Plan changes for any Plan Year. However,
        this Section 9.4 does not apply to the account balance of any Employee
        who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become
        a Top-Heavy Plan and such Employee's account balance attributable to
        employer contributions and forfeitures will be determined without regard
        to this Section 9.4.

                                   ARTICLE X
                                    TRUSTEE

10.1    TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall receive, hold, invest, administer and
        distribute the Trust Fund in accordance with the provisions of the Plan
        as herein set forth.

10.2    RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall maintain accurate and
        detailed records and accounts of all its transactions of the Trust Fund,
        which shall be available at all reasonable times for inspection or audit
        by any person designated by the Employer and by any other person or
        entity to the extent required by law.

10.3    REPORTS TO EMPLOYER. As soon as practicable following the close of each
        accounting period and following the effective date of the termination of
        the Plan, the Trustee shall file a written report with the Employer. The
        report shall set forth all transactions with respect to the Trust Fund
        during the period listing the Trust Fund assets with their market
        value as of the close of the period covered by the report.

10.4    POWERS OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall administer the Trust Fund as a
        nondiscretionary Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have any discretion
        or authority with regard to the investment of the Trust Fund and shall
        act solely as a directed Trustee of the fund contributed to it. The
        Trustee, as a nondiscretionary Trustee, as may be directed by the
        Employer (or the Participants to the extent provided herein) is
        authorized and empowered, by way of limitation, with the following
        powers, rights and duties, each of which the Trustee shall exercise in a
        nondiscretionary manner as directed in accordance with the direction of
        the Employer (or the Participants) as a Named Fiduciary (except to the
        extent that Plan assets are subject to the control and management of a
        properly appointed Investment Manager):

        (A)     At the direction of the Named Fiduciary, to sell, write options
                on, convey or transfer, invest and reinvest any part thereof in
                each and every kind of property, whether real, personal or
                mixed, tangible or intangible, whether income or non-income
                producing and wherever situated, including, but not limited to,
                time deposits (including time deposits in the Trustee or its
                affiliates, or any successor thereto, if the deposits bear a
                reasonable rate of interest), fee simple, leasehold or lesser
                estates in real estate, shares of common and preferred stock,
                mortgages, bonds, leases, notes, debentures, equipment or
                collateral trust certificates, rights, warrants, convertible or
                exchangeable, and other corporate, individual or government
                securities or obligations, annuity, retirement or other
                insurance contracts, mutual funds (including funds for which the
                Trustee or its affiliates serve as investment advisor), units of
                group or collective trusts established to permit the pooling of
                funds of separate pension and profit sharing trusts, provided
                the Internal Revenue Service has ruled such group trust to be
                qualified under Code Section 401(a) and exempt under Code
                Section 501(a) (or the applicable corresponding provision of any
                other

                                   Page 68
<PAGE>   110

                Revenue Act) or in units of any other common, collective or
                commingled trust fund heretofore or hereafter established and
                maintained by the Trustee or its affiliates; as long as the
                Trustee holds any units hereunder, the instrument establishing
                such common trust fund (including all amendments thereto) shall
                be deemed to have been adopted and made a part of this Plan, and
                such other investments as the Named Fiduciary shall direct the
                Trustee to invest Plan assets or hold as an Investment Fund for
                the investment of Plan assets pursuant to Participant direction.

        (B)     At the direction of the Named Fiduciary, to sell, convert,
                redeem, exchange, grant options for the purchase or exchange of,
                or otherwise dispose of any property held hereunder, at public
                or private sale, for cash or upon credit with or without
                security, without obligation on the part of any person dealing
                with the Trustee to see to the application of the proceeds of or
                to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any
                such disposal;

        (C)     At the direction of the Named Fiduciary, to manage, operate,
                repair, partition and improve and mortgage or lease (with or
                without an option to purchase) for any length of time any
                property held in the Trust Fund; to renew or extend any mortgage
                or lease, upon such terms as the Trustee may deem expedient; to
                agree to reduction of the rate of interest on any mortgage; to
                agree to any modification in the terms of any lease or mortgage,
                or of any guarantee pertaining to either of them; to exercise
                and enforce any right of foreclosure; to bid in property on
                foreclosure; to take a deed in lieu of foreclosure with or
                without paying consideration therefor and in connection
                therewith to release the obligation on the bond secured by the
                mortgage; and to exercise and enforce in any action, suit or
                proceeding at law or in equity any rights, covenants,
                conditions, or remedies with respect to any lease or mortgage or
                to any guarantee pertaining to either of them or to waive any
                default in the performance thereof;

        (D)     In accordance with the direction of a Named Fiduciary, to vote,
                personally or by general or limited proxy, any shares of stock
                or other securities held in the Trust Fund, provided that all
                voting rights pertaining to shares of any financial institution
                in the state where the Trustee is located shall be exercised by
                the trustee only if and as directed in writing by the Committee;
                provided further, that the Trustee and the Employer may agree in
                writing that such voting rights be passed through to the
                Participant's in proportion to their interest in the Investment
                Funds to delegate discretionary voting power to the trustees of
                a voting trust for any period of time; and to exercise or sell,
                personally or by power of attorney, any conversion or
                subscription or other rights appurtenant to any securities or
                other property held in the Trust Fund;

        (E)     As may be directed by the Named Fiduciary, to join in or oppose
                any reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger or
                liquidation, or any Plan therefor, or any lease (with or without
                an option to purchase), mortgage or sale of the property of any
                organization the securities of which are held in the Trust Fund;
                to pay from the Trust Fund any assessments, charges, or
                compensation specified in any Plan of reorganization,
                recapitalization, consolidation, merger or liquidation; to
                deposit any property with any committee or depository; and to
                retain any property allotted to the Trust Fund in any
                reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger or
                liquidation;


                                    Page 69
<PAGE>   111
        (F)     In accordance with the written instructions of a Named
                Fiduciary, to settle, compromise or commit to arbitration any
                claim, debt or obligation of or against the Trust Fund; to
                enforce or abstain from enforcing any right, claim, debt, or
                obligation; and to abandon any property determined by it to be
                worthless;

        (G)     As may be directed by the Named Fiduciary, to continue to hold
                any property of the Trust Fund, whether or not productive of
                income; to reserve from investment and keep unproductive of
                income, without liability for interest, such cash as it deems
                advisable and, consistent with its obligations as Trustee
                hereunder, to hold such cash in a demand deposit in the Trustee
                bank, its affiliates, or any successor thereto;

        (H)     To hold property of the Trust Fund in its own name, or in the
                name of nominee, without disclosure of this trust, or in
                bearer form so that it may pass by delivery, and to deposit
                property with any depository, but no such holding or depositing
                shall relieve the Trustee of its responsibility for the safe
                custody and disposition of the Trust Fund in accordance with the
                provisions of this agreement as may be directed by the Named
                Fiduciary, and the Trustee's records shall at all times show
                that such property is part of the Trust Fund;

        (I)     As directed by the Named Fiduciary, to make, execute and
                deliver, as Trustee, any deeds, conveyances, leases (with or
                without option to purchase), mortgages, options, contracts,
                waivers, or other instruments that the Trustee shall deem
                necessary or desirable in the exercise of its powers under this
                agreement;

        (J)     To employ, at the expense of the Employer or the Trust Fund,
                agents and delegate to them such duties as the Trustee sees fit;
                the Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss occasioned by
                any such agents selected by it with reasonable care; the Trustee
                may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the
                Employer) concerning any questions which may arise with
                reference to its power or duties under this Plan, and the
                written opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete
                protection with respect to any action taken or not taken by the
                Trustee in good faith and in accordance with the written opinion
                of such counsel;

        (K)     To pay out of the Trust Fund any taxes imposed or levied with
                respect to the Trust Fund and may contest the validity or amount
                of any tax, assessment, penalty, claim or demand respecting the
                Trust Fund; however, unless the Trustee shall have first been
                indemnified to its satisfaction, it shall not be required to
                contest the validity of any tax, or to institute, maintain or
                defend against any other action or proceeding either at law or
                in equity;

        (L)     To make loans to Participants in accordance with policies
                established by the Committee and in accordance with the terms
                of the Plan and the and to segregate or otherwise identify
                property of the Trust Fund as directed by the Committee for such
                purpose including providing collateral for loans made pursuant
                to the Plan.

10.5    TRUSTEE'S FEES AND EXPENSES. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive
        reasonable fees for its services hereunder in accordance with its
        schedule of fees then in effect and shall be entitled to receive
        reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by it in the
        administration of this



                                    Page 70
<PAGE>   112
        Plan. Except to the extent that the Employer shall pay such fees and
        expenses, they shall be charged to and collected by the Trustee from
        each Participant's accounts. The Trustee's fees and expenses for
        extraordinary services in connection with any Participant's accounts may
        be charged to and collected by the Trustee from such accounts.

10.6    TRUSTEE MAY RESIGN OR BE REMOVED.  The Trustee may resign by written
        notice to the Employer which shall be effective sixty (60) days after
        delivery unless the Trustee and the Employer agree to an earlier
        effective date. The Trustee may be removed by the Employer by written
        notice to the Trustee which shall be effective sixty (60) days after
        delivery unless the Trustee and the Employer agree to an earlier
        effective date. Prior to the effective date of such resignation or
        removal, the Employer shall amend its Plan to eliminate any reference to
        the PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST, and appoint a new
        trustee. The Trustee shall deliver the Trust Fund to its successor on
        the effective date of resignation or removal, or as soon after such
        effective date as practicable.  However, the Trustee may first subtract
        any amounts owed it from the Trust Fund for compensation, expenses and
        taxes due.

        If the Employer fails to so amend the Plan and appoint a successor
        trustee within the sixty (60) days, or longer period as the Trustee
        permits in writing, the Trustee shall apply to a court of competent
        jurisdiction for appointment of a successor trustee.

10.7    SEPARATE INVESTMENT FUNDS. 

        (A)     The assets of the Trust Fund shall be held in such number of
                Investment Funds as the Employer and the Trustee may agree, plus
                an Employer Stock Fund if selected by the Employer in the
                Adoption Agreement, as the Employer shall designate in writing
                on the Investment Fund Designation form affixed to the Adoption
                Agreement. Such Investment Funds shall be selected by the
                Employer from among the funds offered by the Trustee for use as
                Investment Funds in the PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN &
                TRUST. The Trustee reserves the right to change the funds
                available for use as Investment Funds in the PRISM(R) PROTOTYPE
                RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST, from time to time, and the Employer
                agrees to execute an amended Investment Fund Designation form to
                reflect any such changes as may impact the Investment Funds
                available to the Employer's Plan. The Employer hereby
                acknowledges that, available as Investment Funds are interests
                in registered investment companies (i.e. mutual funds) for
                which the sponsoring organization, its parent, affiliates or
                successors may serve as investment advisor and receive
                compensation from the registered investment company for its
                services as investment advisor. The Employer acknowledges that
                it, as Named Fiduciary, has the sole responsibility for
                selection of the Investment Funds offered under the Plan, and it
                has done so on the basis of the Employer's determination, after
                due inquiry, of the appropriateness of the selected Investment
                Funds as vehicles for the investment of Plan assets pursuant to
                the terms of the Plan, considering all relevant facts and
                circumstances, including but not limited to (i) the investment
                policy and philosophy of the Employer developed pursuant to
                ERISA section 402(b)(1); (ii) the Participants, including 
                average level of investment experience and sophistication; 
                (iii) the ability of Participants, using an appropriate mix of
                Investment Funds, to diversify the investment of Plan assets 
                held for their benefit; (iv) the ability of Participants to, 
                utilizing an appropriate mix of Investment Funds, to structure 
                an investment portfolio within their account in the Plan with 
                risk and



                                    Page 71
<PAGE>   113

                return characteristics within the normal range of risk and
                return characteristics for individuals with similar investment
                backgrounds, experience and expectations; and, (v) in making the
                selection of Investment Funds, the Employer did not rely on any
                representations or recommendations from the Trustee or any of
                its employees, except as may have been provided through written
                materials, including marketing materials provided by the various
                sponsors or distributors of the Investment Funds, and that the
                Investment Fund selection has not be influenced, approved, or
                encouraged through the actions of the Trustee or its employees.

                For purposes of the Plan, "Employer Stock" shall mean common
                stock listed on a recognized securities exchange issued by an
                Employer of Employees covered by the Plan or by an affiliate of
                such Employer and which shall be a "qualifying employer
                security" as defined in ERISA. The Employer Stock Fund shall be
                invested and reinvested in shares of Employer Stock, which stock
                shall be purchased by the Trustee to the extent not contributed
                to the Plan by the Employer, except for amounts which may
                reasonably be expected to be necessary to satisfy distributions
                to be made in cash. No Employer Stock shall be acquired or held
                in any Investment Fund other than the Employer Stock Fund. Up to
                100% of the assets of the Trust Fund may be invested in Employer
                Stock.

                All contributions shall be allocated by the Trustee to the
                Plan's Investment Funds specified by the Employer.  Dividends,
                interest and other distributions shall be reinvested in the same
                Investment Fund from which received.

                Employers sponsoring 401(k) profit sharing plans may elect to
                determine the Investment Funds, including an Employer Stock 
                Fund, if applicable, into which Matching Contributions and/or 
                Employer Contributions will be invested and/or into which 
                Participants may not direct contributions. By making these 
                designations, the Employer shall be deemed to have advised the 
                Trustee in writing regarding the retention of investment powers.

                Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section
                10.7(A), the Trustee may, in its discretion, accept certain
                investments which have been, and are, held as part of the Trust
                Fund prior to the date the Employer adopted this Plan.  Such
                investments shall be considered investments directed by the
                Employer or an Investment Committee for the Plan ("Investment
                Committee"), if one is acting. The Trustee shall hold,
                administer and dispose of such investments in accordance with
                directions to the Trustee contained in a written notice from the
                Employer or Investment Committee.  Any such notice shall advise
                the Trustee regarding the retention of investment powers by the
                Employer or the Investment Committee and shall be of a
                continuing nature or otherwise, and may be revoked in writing by
                the Employer or Investment Committee.

                The Trustee shall not be liable but shall be fully protected by
                reason of its taking or refraining from taking any action at the
                direction of the Employer or Investment Committee, nor shall the
                Trustee be liable but shall be fully protected by reason of its
                refraining from taking any action because of the failure of the
                Employer or the Investment Committee to give a direction or
                order. The Trustee shall be under no duty to question or make
                inquiry as to any direction, notification or order or failure to
                give a direction, notification or order by the Employer or the
                Investment Committee.  The

                                    Page 72
<PAGE>   114
                Trustee shall be under no duty to make any review of investments
                directed by the Employer or Investment Committee acquired for
                the Trust Fund and under no duty at any time to make any
                recommendation with respect to disposing of or continuing to
                retain any such investments. While the Employer may direct the
                Trustee with respect to Plan investments, the Employer may not
                (1) borrow from the Fund or pledge any assets of the Fund as
                security for a loan; (2) buy property or assets from or sell
                property or assets to the Fund; (3) charge any fee for
                services rendered to the Fund; or (4) receive any services from
                the Fund on a preferential basis.

                The Employer hereby indemnifies and holds the Trustee or its
                nominee harmless from any and all actions, claims, demands,
                liabilities, losses, damages or reasonable expenses of
                whatsoever kind and nature in connection with or arising out of
                (1) any action taken or omitted in good faith or any investment
                or disbursement of any part of the Trust Fund made by the
                Trustee in accordance with the directions of the Employer or the
                Investment Committee or any inaction with respect to any
                Employer or Investment Committee directed investment or with
                respect to any investment previously made at the direction of
                the Employer or Investment Committee in the absence of
                directions from the Employer or Investment Committee therefor,
                or (2) any failure by the Trustee to pay for any property
                purchased by the Employer or the Investment Committee for the
                Trust Fund by reason of the insufficiency of funds in the Trust
                Fund.

                Anything hereinabove to the contrary notwithstanding, the
                Employer shall have no responsibility to the Trustee under the
                foregoing indemnification if the Trustee knowingly participated
                in or knowingly concealed any act or omission of the Employer or
                Investment Committee knowing that such act or omission
                constituted a breach of fiduciary responsibility, or if the
                Trustee fails to perform any of the duties undertaken by it
                under the provisions of this Plan, or if the Trustee fails to
                act in conformity with the directions of an authorized
                representative of the Employer or the Investment Committee.

        (B)     Each Participant shall by such mechanism as may be agreed upon
                between the Trustee and Employer, direct that the contributions
                made to his or her accounts for which the Participant may direct
                investments, as selected by the Employer in the Adoption
                Agreement, be invested in one or more of the Investment Funds,
                including the Employer Stock Fund, if applicable. At the time an
                Employee becomes eligible for the Plan, he or she shall specify
                the percentage of his or her accounts (expressed in percentage
                increments as may be agreed to between the Employer and the
                Trustee) to be invested pro-rata in each such Investment Fund.

        (C)     Upon prior written notice to the Trustee, or other form of
                notice acceptable to the Trustee, a Participant may change an
                investment direction with respect to future contributions.
                Through acceptable notice to the Trustee, the Participant may
                elect to transfer all or a portion of such Participant's
                interest in each Investment Fund (based on the value of such
                interest on the Valuation Date immediately preceding such
                election), including an Employer Stock Fund, if applicable, to
                any other of the Investment Funds selected by the Employer so
                that the Participant's interest in the said Investment Funds
                immediately after the transfer is allocated in percentage
                increments as may be agreed to by the Employer and the Trustee.


                                    Page 73
<PAGE>   115
                Notwithstanding any Participant's election to change Investment
                Funds, the Trustee may, in its discretion, delay satisfaction of
                requests to change from a guaranteed investment contract fund
                for up to one year, or delay satisfaction of changes in
                Investment Funds pending settlement of prior changes in
                Investment Funds.

        (D)     The Employer will be responsible when transmitting Employer and
                Employee contributions to show the dollar amount to be credited
                to each Investment Fund for each Employee.

        (E)     Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, neither the Trustee,
                nor the Employer, nor any fiduciary of the Plan shall be liable
                to the Participant or any of his or her beneficiaries for any
                loss resulting from action taken at the direction of the
                Participant.

        (F)     In a 401(k) profit sharing Plan where the Employer has elected
                to invest a portion or all of the Matching Contributions and/or
                Employer Contributions in the Employer Stock Fund, then the
                following shall apply:

                If selected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, a
                Participant who is fifty-five (55) years of age or older and who
                is 100% vested in his Matching Contribution account and/or
                Employer Contribution account may elect to have the Employer
                Stock (and any earnings thereon) attributable to such Matching
                Contributions and/or Employer Contributions diversified in the
                other Investment Funds under the Plan in accordance with the
                following rules and limitations. The amount of Employer Stock
                which may be diversified each Plan Year shall be determined in
                accordance with the following schedule:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      THEN THE PERCENT OF THE NUMBER
                                      OF WHOLE SHARES (ROUNDED TO
                                      THE NEAREST WHOLE NUMBER)
                                      CREDITED TO THE PARTICIPANTS'
        IF THE AGE ATTAINED BY        MATCHING  ACCOUNT  AND/OR
        THE PARTICIPANT               EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION
        DURING THE PLAN YEAR IS:      ACCOUNT ON THE LAST DAY OF THE
                                      PRECEDING PLAN YEAR WHICH
                                      MAY BE DIVERSIFIED PURSUANT TO
                                      THE RULES BELOW MAY NOT EXCEED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>
        55                            25%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
        56                            25%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
        57                            30%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
        58                            40%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
        59                            50%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
        60                            60%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
        61                            70%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
        62                            80%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
        63                            90%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
        64                            100%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



                                    Page 74
<PAGE>   116
                The election to diversify may only be made once each Plan Year.
                The election may be made in any month by providing notice to the
                Committee in accordance with the frequency selected by the
                Employer for other Investment Fund changes under the Plan.  Each
                election to make a transfer pursuant to this Section shall
                specify the Investment Fund(s) into which the shares subject to
                diversification will be reinvested so that the Participant's
                interest in the said Investment Fund(s), immediately after the
                transfer, is allocated in increments as may be allowed by the
                Trustee. Thereafter, the Participant's interest in said
                Investment Fund(s) shall be subject to transfer in accordance
                with this Section.

        (G)     Forfeitures arising under the Plan will be invested in an
                Investment Fund as may be selected in the discretion of the
                Employer.

        (H)     In the event the Trust holds life insurance, the following
                restrictions shall apply:

                (1)     Limitations on Premium Payments

                        (a)     If ordinary or whole life insurance contracts
                                are purchased on the life of a Participant, less
                                than one-half of the insured Participant's
                                current allocation of contributions will be used
                                to pay premiums attributable to such insurance.
                                Ordinary or whole life insurance contracts are
                                those with both nondecreasing benefits and
                                nonincreasing premiums.  
                        (b)     If term or universal life insurance contracts
                                are purchased, no more than one-quarter of the
                                insured Participant's current allocation of
                                contributions will be used to pay premiums
                                attributable to such insurance.

                (2)     The Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to
                        convert the entire value of any life insurance contract
                        at or before the Participant's actual retirement or
                        distribution on termination of employment, but not later
                        than the Participant's Required Beginning Date to
                        provide cash values or retirement annuity income, or,
                        subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity waiver
                        requirements of Section 7.10, the Plan Administrator may
                        direct the Trustee to distribute the insurance contract
                        directly to the Participant.  
                (3)     The Trustee, at the direction of the Employer shall be
                        entitled to exercise all rights and options with respect
                        to any such life insurance contracts held by the Plan.

10.8    REGISTRATION, DISTRIBUTION AND VOTING OF EMPLOYER STOCK AND PROCEDURES
        REGARDING TENDER OFFERS.

        (A)     All voting rights on shares of Employer Stock held in the
                Employer Stock Fund shall be exercised by the Trustee only as
                directed by the Participants acting in their capacity as "Named
                Fiduciaries" (as defined in Section 402 of the Act) in
                accordance with the following provisions of this Section
                10.8(A):

                (1)     As soon as practicable before each annual or special
                        shareholders' meeting of the Employer, the Trustee 
                        shall furnish to each Participant sufficient copies of 
                        the proxy solicitation material sent generally to 
                        shareholders, together with a form


                                    Page 75
<PAGE>   117
                        requesting confidential instructions on how the shares
                        of Employer Stock allocated to such Participant's
                        account, and, separately, such shares of Employer Stock
                        as may be unallocated ("Unallocated Shares") or
                        allocated to Participant accounts but for which the
                        Trustee does not receive timely voting instruction from
                        the Participant (Non-Directed Shares"), (including
                        fractional shares to 1/1000 of a share) are to be
                        voted. The direction with respect to Non-Directed
                        Shares and Unallocated Shares shall apply to such
                        number of votes equal to the total number of votes
                        attributable to Non-Directed Shares and Unallocated
                        Shares multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
                        is the number of shares of Employer Stock credited to
                        the Participant's account and the denominator of which
                        is the total number of shares credited to the accounts
                        of all such Participants who have timely provided
                        directions to the Trustee with respect to Non-Directed
                        Shares and Unallocated Shares under this Section
                        10.8(A)(1). The Employer and the Committee will
                        cooperate with the Trustee to ensure that Participants
                        receive the requisite information in a timely manner.
                        The materials furnished to the Participants shall
                        include a notice from the Trustee that the Trustee will
                        vote any shares for which timely instructions are not
                        received by the Trustee as may be directed by those
                        voting Participant, acting in their capacity as Named
                        Fiduciaries of the Plan as provided above .  Upon
                        timely receipt of such instructions, the Trustee shall
                        vote the shares as instructed.  The instructions
                        received by the Trustee from Participants or
                        Beneficiaries shall be held by the Trustee in strict
                        confidence and shall not be divulged or released to any
                        person including directors, officers or employees of
                        the Employer, or of any other company, except as 
                        otherwise required by law.

                (2)     With respect to all corporate matters submitted to
                        shareholders, all shares of Employer Stock 
                        shall be voted only in accordance with the directions
                        of such Participants as Named Fiduciaries as given to
                        the Trustee as provided in Section 10.8(A)(1). With
                        respect to shares of Employer Stock allocated to the
                        account of a deceased Participant, such Participant's
                        Beneficiary, as Named Fiduciary, shall be entitled to
                        direct the voting of shares of Employer Sock as if such
                        Beneficiary were the Participant.

        (B)     All tender or exchange decisions with respect to Employer Stock
                held in the Employer Stock Fund shall be made only by the
                Participants acting in their capacity as Named Fiduciaries with
                respect to the Employer Stock allocated to their accounts in
                accordance with the following provisions of this Section
                10.8(B):

                (1)     In the event an offer shall be received by the Trustee
                        (including a tender offer for shares of Employer Stock
                        subject to Section 14(d)(1) of the Securities Exchange
                        Act of 1934 or subject to Rule 13e-4 promulgated under
                        that Act, as those provisions may from time to time be
                        amended) to purchase or exchange any shares of Employer
                        Stock held by the Trust, the Trustee will advise each
                        Participant who has shares of Employer Stock credited to
                        such Participant's account in writing of the terms of
                        the offer as soon as practicable after its commencement
                        and will furnish each Participant with a form by which
                        he may instruct the Trustee confidentially whether or
                        not to tender or exchange shares allocated to such
                        Participant's account, and separately, Unallocated
                        Shares and Non-Directed Shares (including fractional
                        shares to 1/1000th of a share).  The directions with
                        respect to Non-Directed Shares and Unallocated Shares
                        shall apply to such number of Non-Directed Shares and
                        Unallocated Shares equal to the total number of
                        Non-Directed Shares and Unallocated Shares multiplied
                        by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
                        shares of Employer Stock credited to the Participant's
                        account and the denominator of which is the total
                        number of shares credited to the accounts of all such
                        Participants who have timely provided directions to the
                        Trustee with respect to Non-Directed Shares and
                        Unallocated Shares under this Section  10.8(B). The
                        materials furnished to the Participants shall include
                        (i) a notice from the Trustee that, except as provided
                        in this Section 10.8(B), the Trustee will not tender or
                        exchange any shares for which timely instructions are
                        not received by the Trustee and (ii) such related
                        documents as are prepared by any person and provided to
                        the shareholders of the Employer pursuant to the
                        Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The Committee and the
                        Trustee may also provide Participants with such other   
                        material concerning the tender or exchange


                                    Page 76
<PAGE>   118
                        offer as the Trustee or the Committee in its discretion
                        determines to be appropriate; provided, however, that
                        prior to any distribution of materials by the Committee,
                        the Trustee shall be furnished with sufficient numbers
                        of complete copies of all such materials. The Employer
                        and the Committee will cooperate with the Trustee to
                        ensure that Participants receive the requisite
                        information in a timely manner.

                (2)     The Trustee shall tender or not tender shares or
                        exchange shares of Employer Stock  (including
                        fractional shares to 1/1000th of a share) only as and
                        to the extent instructed by the Participants as  Named
                        Fiduciaries as provided in Section 10.8(B)(1). With
                        respect to shares of Employer Stock allocated to the
                        account of a deceased Participant, such Participant's
                        Beneficiary, as a Named Fiduciary, shall be entitled to
                        direct the Trustee whether or not to tender or exchange
                        such shares as if such Beneficiary were the
                        Participant. If tender or exchange instructions for
                        shares of Employer Stock allocated to the account of
                        any Participant are not timely received by the Trustee,
                        the Trustee will treat the non-receipt as a direction
                        not to tender or exchange such shares. The instructions
                        received by the Trustee from Participants or
                        Beneficiaries shall be held by the Trustee in strict
                        confidence and shall not be divulged or released to any
                        person, including directors, officers or employees of
                        the Employer, or of any other company, except as        
                        otherwise required by law.

                (3)     In the event, under the terms of a tender offer or
                        otherwise, any shares of Employer Stock tendered for
                        sale, exchange or transfer pursuant to such offer may be
                        withdrawn from such offer, the Trustee shall follow such
                        instructions respecting the withdrawal of such
                        securities from such offer in the same manner and the
                        same proportion as shall be timely received by the
                        Trustee from the Participants, as Named Fiduciaries,
                        entitled under this Section 10.8(B) to give instructions
                        as to the sale, exchange or transfer of securities
                        pursuant to such offer.

                (4)     In the event an offer shall be received by the Trustee
                        and instructions shall be solicited from Participants
                        pursuant to Section 10.8(B)(1-3) regarding such offer,
                        and prior to termination of such offer, another offer is
                        received by the Trustee for the securities subject to
                        the first offer, the Trustee shall use its best efforts
                        under the circumstances to solicit instructions from the
                        Participants to the Trustee (i) with respect to
                        securities tendered for sale, exchange or transfer
                        pursuant to the first offer, whether to withdraw such
                        tender, if possible, and, if withdrawn, whether to
                        tender any securities so withdrawn for sale, exchange or
                        transfer pursuant to the second offer and (ii) with
                        respect to securities not tendered for sale, exchange or
                        transfer pursuant to the first offer, whether to tender
                        or not to tender such securities for sale, exchange or
                        transfer pursuant to the second offer.  The Trustee
                        shall follow all such instructions received in a timely
                        manner from Participants in the same manner and in the
                        same proportion as provided in Section 10.8(B)(1-3).
                        With respect to any further offer for any Employer Stock
                        received by the Trustee and subject to any earlier offer
                        (including successive offers from one or more existing
                        offers), the Trustee shall act in the same manner as
                        described above.



                                    Page 77
<PAGE>   119
                (5)     A Participant's instructions to the Trustee to tender or
                        exchange shares of Employer Stock will not be deemed a
                        withdrawal or suspension from the Plan or a forfeiture
                        of any portion of the Participant's interest in the
                        Plan. Funds received in exchange for tendered shares
                        will be credited to the account of the Participant whose
                        shares were tendered and will be used by the Trustee to
                        purchase Employer Stock, as soon as practicable. In the
                        interim, the Trustee will invest such funds in
                        short-term investments permitted under the Plan, and in
                        the same manner in which forfeited amounts are invested.

                (6)     In the event the Employer initiates a tender or exchange
                        offer, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, enter
                        into an agreement with the Employer not to tender or
                        exchange any shares of Employer Stock in such offer, in
                        which event, the foregoing provisions of this Section
                        10.8(B) shall have no effect with respect to such offer
                        and the Trustee shall not tender or exchange any shares
                        of Employer Stock in such offer.

        (C)     The Trustee acting with respect to the Employer Stock Fund may
                with the consent of the Committee designate any Employee or
                other Trustee as agent to solicit the instructions to vote
                provided for in Subsection (A) of this Section, and shall be
                held harmless in relying upon such agent's written advice as to
                how shares are to be voted, and said Trustee may, with the
                consent of the Committee, designate any Employee as agent to
                solicit instructions from Participants regarding such a tender
                offer, as required under Subsection (B) above, and shall be held
                harmless in relying upon such agent's written advice as to
                whether shares of Employer Stock are to be tendered.

        (D)     The Employer shall be responsible for complying with applicable
                federal and state securities laws and regulations.




10.9    VALUATION OF INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ACCOUNTS. 

        (A)     As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall determine the fair
                market value of each Investment Fund, including an Employer
                Stock Fund, if any, being administered by the Trustee. With
                respect to each such Investment Fund, the Trustee shall
                determine (a) the change in value between the current Valuation
                Date and the then last preceding Valuation Date, (b) the net
                gain or loss resulting from expenses paid (including fees and
                expenses, if any, which are to be charged to such Fund) and (c)
                realized and unrealized gains and losses.

                The transfer of funds to or from an Investment Fund pursuant to
                Section 10.7(C) and payments, distributions and withdrawals from
                an Investment Fund to provide benefits under the Plan for
                Participants or Beneficiaries shall not be deemed to be gains,
                expenses or losses of an Investment Fund.

                After each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall allocate the net
                gain or loss of each Investment Fund as of such Valuation Date
                to the accounts of Participants participating in such Investment
                Fund on such Valuation Date.  Contributions, forfeitures and
                rollovers received and credited to Participants' accounts as of
                such Valuation Date, or as

                                    Page 78
<PAGE>   120
                of any earlier date since the last preceding Valuation Date
                shall not be considered in allocating gains or losses allocated
                to Participants' accounts.

        (B)     The reasonable and equitable decision of the Trustee as to the
                value of each Investment Fund, including an Employer Stock Fund,
                if any, and of any account as of each Valuation Date shall be
                conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest,
                direct or indirect, in the Investment Funds or in any account.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                 ADMINISTRATION

11.1    COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP. The Employer shall appoint a Committee which shall
        consist of at least one member. The Committee members will be named in
        the Adoption Agreement and may be, but are not required to be, Employees
        of the Employer.  All members of the Committee shall serve at the
        pleasure of the Employer. In the event that the Committee has more than
        one member, one member shall serve as Chairman and one as Secretary.
        Any member of the Committee may resign by notice in writing to the
        Employer. Any vacancy in the Committee shall be filled by the Employer
        as soon as practicable after a vacancy.  If the Employer does not
        designate a Committee, the Employer shall assume all of the duties of
        the Committee.

11.2    POWERS AND DUTIES OF COMMITTEE. The Committee shall have all powers and
        duties and only the powers and duties as are specifically conferred upon
        it by this Plan or as the Employer may delegate to or impose upon it
        consistent with the provisions of this Plan, ERISA and the Code.
        Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall
        have the following powers and duties:

        (A)     to interpret and construe the terms and provisions of this Plan
                and to decide any questions which may arise hereunder, including
                but not limited to --

                (1)     the amount of a Participant's Compensation,

                (2)     a Participant's Years of Service,

                (3)     the age of any person who might be entitled to receive
                        benefits,

                (4)     the right of any person to receive benefits,

                (5)     the amount of any benefits to be paid to any persons;

        (B)     to cause to be maintained all necessary records and accounts
                under this Plan and to keep in convenient form any data as may
                be necessary for valuation of the assets and liabilities;

        (C)     to rely upon the records of the Employer or upon any
                certificate, statement or other representation made to it by a
                Participant, a Beneficiary, the authorized representative of the
                Participant or Beneficiary, or the Trustee concerning any fact
                required to be


                                    Page 79
<PAGE>   121
                determined under any of the provisions of this Plan, and the
                Committee shall not be required to make inquiry into the
                propriety of any action by the Employer or the Trustee;

        (D)     to give written notice to a Participant, a Beneficiary, or the
                authorized representative of the Participant or Beneficiary, of
                the amount of benefits payable under this Plan;

        (E)     to make and enforce any rules, not inconsistent with this Plan,
                as it shall deem necessary or proper for the efficient
                administration of this Plan;

        (F)     to have and exercise such other authority as it deems necessary
                to carry out the purposes and provisions of this Plan, provided
                that any act of discretion permitted shall be exercised in a
                uniform non-discriminatory manner with respect to individuals in
                like or similar circumstances;

        (G)     to adopt rules and guidelines for the administration of this
                Plan, provided that they are not inconsistent with the terms of
                this Plan and are uniformly applicable to all persons similarly
                situated and to delegate in accordance with Section 11.8 such
                functions and duties as the Committee deems advisable.

        (H)     to establish a funding policy and investment objectives
                consistent with the purposes of the Plan and the requirements of
                law;

        (I)     to employ such attorneys, accountants and agents as it shall
                determine to assist it in carrying out its duties hereunder.

        Except as otherwise provided in this Plan or determined by the Employer,
        any action or determination taken or made by the Committee or any
        interpretation or construction made by the Committee shall be final and
        shall be binding upon all persons. The Committee shall at all times
        exercise the power and authority given to it under this Plan in a fair,
        reasonable and non-discriminatory manner.

11.3    ACTIONS OF THE COMMITTEE. Any act authorized or required to be taken by
        the Committee shall be taken by a decision of the majority of the
        members acting at the time. Any decision of the Committee may be
        expressed by a vote at a Committee meeting or in writing, signed by all
        members of the Committee, without a meeting. All allocation statements,
        notices, directions, approvals, instructions and all other
        communications required or authorized to be given by the Committee under
        this Plan shall be in writing and signed by a majority of the members of
        the Committee. The Committee may, however, by an instrument in writing
        signed by all the members and filed with the Trustee, designate one or
        more if its members as having the authority to sign all such
        communications on behalf of the Committee. Until notified in writing to
        the contrary, the Trustee shall be fully protected in acting in
        accordance with all communications which it considers genuine and to
        have been signed on behalf of the Committee by the members authorized to
        sign communications.  If at any time for any reason the Committee shall
        be unable to act with respect to any matter, the Employer shall act with
        respect to that matter and its action shall be final and it shall be
        binding upon all persons.



                                    Page 80
<PAGE>   122
11.4    RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND DESIGNATION OF SUCCESSORS. Any member of the
        Committee may resign at any time and any member may be removed by the
        Employer with or without cause. In case of resignation, death, removal
        or inability or failure for any cause of any member of the Committee to
        serve or to continue to serve, a successor shall be appointed by the
        Employer.  The Committee shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change
        in its membership.

11.5    COMMITTEE REVIEW. If any Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, or other
        authorized representative of a Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary shall
        file an application with the Committee for benefits under the Plan and
        the application is denied, in whole or in part, such applicant shall be
        notified of the denial in writing within ninety (90) days of receipt of
        the claim. The notice to the applicant shall state that the Committee
        has denied the application pursuant to the exercise of its discretionary
        powers. This notice shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial;
        specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is
        based, a description of any additional information needed to perfect the
        claim with an explanation of why it is necessary and an explanation of
        procedure for appeal.

        Any Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, or other authorized representative
        of the Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary whose application for benefits
        has been denied may, within sixty (60) days after receiving the
        notification, make a written application to the Committee to review the
        denial. The applicant may request that the review be made by written
        statements submitted by the applicant and the Committee, at a hearing,
        or by both. Any hearing shall be held in the main offices of the
        Employer on a date and time as the Employer shall designate with at
        least seven (7) days notice to the applicant unless the applicant
        accepts shorter notice. Within sixty (60) days after the review has been
        completed, the Employer shall render a written decision and shall send a
        copy to the applicant. This decision shall include specific reasons for
        the decision, as well as specific references to the pertinent Plan
        provisions upon which the decision is based.

        If the Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, or other authorized
        representative of a Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary does not file
        written notice with the Employer at the times set forth above, the
        individual shall have waived all benefits under this Plan other than as
        set forth in the notice from the Committee.

11.6    RECORDS. The Committee shall keep or cause to be kept records of all
        meetings, proceedings and actions held, undertaken or performed by it
        and shall furnish to the Employer reports as the Employer may request.

11.7    COMPENSATION. The members of the Committee shall serve without
        compensation for services as such, but all reasonably incurred fees and
        expenses shall be paid by the Employer.

11.8    DESIGNATION OF NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY AMONG
        FIDUCIARIES. The Employer, the Committee and the Trustee shall be "Named
        Fiduciaries" with respect to this Plan as that term is defined in ERISA.
        The Named Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties,
        responsibilities and obligations as are given to them under this Plan.
        The Named Fiduciaries may designate any person or persons as a fiduciary
        and may delegate to such person or persons any one or more of their
        powers, functions, duties and responsibilities with respect to the Plan
        as set forth in this Plan, authorizing or providing for such direction,
        information or action. Any such designation shall be made in writing and
        shall become effective upon written

                                    Page 81
<PAGE>   123
 
        acceptance. No such designation or delegation by the Employer or the
        Committee of any of its powers, authority or responsibilities to the
        Trustee shall become effective unless such designation or delegation
        shall first be accepted by the Trustee in a writing signed by it and
        delivered to the Employer or the Committee, as applicable. Furthermore,
        each Named Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information or
        action of another Named Fiduciary as being proper under this Plan and is
        not required to inquire into the propriety of any such direction,
        information or action.  It is intended that under this Plan each Named
        Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own
        powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations and shall not be
        responsible for act or failure to act of another fiduciary.

11.9    NOTICE BY COMMITTEE OR EMPLOYER.  Any communication or notice to any
        person by the Committee or the Employer shall be in writing and may be
        given by delivery to the person or by first class mail with postage
        prepaid addressed to the person at the last address on file with the
        Committee or the Employer. Any notice delivered as provided above shall
        be deemed to have been given when delivered, and any notice mailed as
        provided above shall be deemed to have been given when mailed.

11.10   LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS.

        (A)     (1)     In accordance with Section 11.8 above, the Committee is
                        hereby designated as the named fiduciary with sole
                        authority and responsibility to approve or deny loans
                        and, except as provided in subsections (G) and (H) of
                        this Section, collect unpaid loans, in accordance with
                        the provisions of this Section 11.10.  This Section
                        11.10 shall apply if the Employer is eligible to and
                        elects Item B(16) of the Adoption Agreement.

                (2)     Subject to the consent of the Committee, loans may be
                        made upon approval of the written application of a
                        Participant or Beneficiary submitted to the Committee.
                        Such application shall be submitted during a specified
                        period established by the Committee prior to the date
                        the loan is to be made. The Committee shall notify the
                        Participant or Beneficiary whether the loan has been
                        approved or denied.  Loans shall be made available to
                        all Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably
                        equivalent basis, except that no loans will be made to
                        any Stockholder-Employee or Owner-Employee and no loan
                        shall be made to any Participant which the Committee,
                        upon reviewing the Participant's written application
                        determines may be reasonably expected to be unable to
                        repay the loan. Loans shall not be made available to
                        Highly Compensated Employees (as defined in Section
                        414(q) of the Code) in an amount greater than the amount
                        made available to other Employees. Except for loans made
                        prior to the date this Plan is adopted, a Participant or
                        Beneficiary shall have no more than five loans
                        outstanding at any given time.

                (3)     All loans will be adequately secured and will bear a
                        reasonable rate of interest.  Rates of interest will be
                        determined daily by the Trustee for Plan loans. The
                        Committee will determine the minimum loan amount for the
                        Plan.

        (B)     In reviewing and approving or denying loan applications
                hereunder, the Committee shall


                                    Page 82
<PAGE>   124


                bear sole responsibility for ensuring compliance with all
                applicable federal or state laws and regulations, including the
                federal Truth In Lending Act (15 U.S.C. Section 1601 et seq.),
                and Equal Credit Opportunity Act (15 U.S.C. Section 1691 et
                seq.). The Committee shall upon request supply the Trustee with
                evidence that it has complied with such federal or state law.

        (C)     Notwithstanding Section 7.13 above, each loan made hereunder
                shall be secured by a written assignment, in favor of the Plan,
                of that portion of the Participant's accounts which the
                Committee determines to be necessary to adequately secure
                repayment of the loan.

        (D)     A Participant must obtain the consent of his or her Spouse, if
                any, to use the account balance as security for the loan.
                Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning
                of the ninety (90) day period that ends on the date the loan is
                to be so secured.  The consent must be in writing and must be
                witnessed by a Plan representative or Notary Public. Such
                consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the
                consenting spouse or any subsequent spouse with respect to that
                loan. A new consent shall be required if the account balance is
                used for renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of
                the loan.

                Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, no spousal consent is
                required for the use of the account balance as security for a
                Plan loan to the Participant under a safe-harbor profit sharing
                Plan as described in Section 7.10(F).

        (E)     No loan shall be approved by the Committee to any Participant or
                Beneficiary in any amount which exceeds the lesser of

                (1)     $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of -

                        (a)     the highest outstanding balance of loans from
                                the Plan during the one-year period ending on
                                the day before the date on which such loan was
                                made, over,

                        (b)     the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan
                                on the date on which such loan was made, or

                (2)     fifty percent (50%) of the present value of the
                        Participant's nonforfeitable accrued benefit.

                For purposes of the above limitation, all loans from all plans
                of the Employer and other members of a group of employers
                described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Code are
                aggregated.

                The term of the loan shall be determined by the Committee.
                Furthermore, any loan shall, by its terms require that repayment
                (principal and interest) be amortized in level payments, not
                less frequently than quarterly over a period not extending
                beyond five years from the date of the loan, except that the
                Committee, in its discretion, may permit a repayment period in
                excess of five years for loans made to a Participant or
                Beneficiary

                                    Page 83
<PAGE>   125

                used to acquire a dwelling unit which, within a reasonable time
                (determined at the time the loan is made) will be used as a
                principal residence of the borrower.

                An assignment or pledge of any portion of the participant's
                interest in the Plan will be treated as a loan under this
                paragraph.

        (F)     Each loan hereunder shall be made pro rata from the borrowing
                Participant's available accounts and Investment Funds. Loan
                repayments shall generally be made via payroll deduction, except
                that the repayment of outstanding principal at maturity, in the
                event the loan is called, or in the event the Participant
                chooses to prepay the loan shall be made in such manner as the
                Committee shall determine. Loan repayments and interest thereon
                shall be credited to the Investment Funds and accounts in
                accordance with current elections. No loan shall be considered a
                general investment of the Trust Fund. Each loan shall be
                evidenced by a written agreement, evidencing the Participant's
                obligation to repay the borrowed amount to the Plan, in such
                form and with such provisions consistent with this Section 11.10
                as is acceptable to the Trustee. All loan agreements shall be
                deposited with the Trustee.

        (G)     In the event a Participant does not repay the principal of such
                loan or interest thereon at such times as are required by the
                terms of the loan or if the Participant ceases to be an Employee
                while such Participant has a loan made hereunder which is
                outstanding, the Committee, in its discretion, may direct the
                Trustee to take such action as the Committee may reasonably
                determine, including:

                (1)     demand repayment of the loan and, subject to Section
                        10.4(K), institute legal action against the Participant
                        to enforce collection of any balance due from the
                        Participant, or

                (2)     demand repayment of the loan, and charge the total
                        amount of the unpaid loan and unpaid interest against
                        the balance credited to the Participant's vested account
                        balance which was assigned as security for the loan and
                        reduce any payment or distribution from the Trust Fund
                        to which the Participant or the Participant's
                        Beneficiary may become entitled to the extent necessary
                        to discharge the obligation on the loan.

                Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph (G),
                in the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment
                of security will not occur until a distributable event occurs in
                the Plan.

        (H)     In the event the Committee fails or refuses for any reason to
                direct the Trustee as provided in Paragraph (G) above or if the
                Trustee otherwise reasonably concludes that the collectibility
                of a loan hereunder is in jeopardy, the Trustee is authorized to
                take such action as it may reasonably determine to enforce
                repayment and satisfaction of the loan.  The Employer shall be
                responsible for costs and expenses incurred in collecting any
                loan balance.

        (I)     In the event that the amount of any payment or distribution from
                the Trust Fund is insufficient to repay the balance due on any
                loan, the Participant shall be liable for and

                                    Page 84
<PAGE>   126

                continue to make repayments on such balance.

        (J)     If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance with
                Paragraph (D), then, notwithstanding any other provision of this
                Plan, the portion of the Participant's vested account balance
                used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan
                outstanding to the Participant shall be taken into account for
                purposes of determining the amount of the account balance
                payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the
                reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than 100% of
                the Participant's vested account balance (determined without
                regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the surviving
                Spouse, then the account balance shall be adjusted by first
                reducing the vested account balance by the amount of the
                security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the
                benefit payable to the surviving Spouse.

                                  ARTICLE XII
                  FAILURE TO ATTAIN OR RETAIN QUALIFIED STATUS

12.1    FAILURE TO QUALIFY AS A PROTOTYPE. This Plan is established with the
        intent that it shall qualify under Section 401 of the Code and that it
        shall comply with ERISA and all other applicable laws, regulations and
        rulings. It may be modified and amended retroactively, if necessary, to
        secure such qualification. Should the Internal Revenue Service determine
        that this Plan does not qualify under the Code or any statute of similar
        import, or fails or refuses to issue an opinion, and if the Plan is not
        amended, as required to qualify, before the time allowed by law for the
        Employer to file its corporate federal tax return for the taxable year
        in which the Effective Date occurs, the Plan shall be considered to be
        rescinded and of no force and effect. Any assets attributable to
        contributions made by the Employer shall be returned to the Employer by
        the Trustee as soon as administratively feasible. The Employer shall
        refund to the Participant any contributions made by the Participant to
        the Plan.

12.2    FAILURE OF EMPLOYER TO ATTAIN OR RETAIN QUALIFICATION. If the Employer's
        Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, such Plan will no longer
        participate in this prototype Plan and will be considered an
        individually designed Plan.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

13.1    EMPLOYER ACTION.  Except as may be specifically provided herein, any
        action required or permitted to be taken by the Employer may be taken on
        behalf of the Employer by any officer of the Employer.

13.2    NO GUARANTEE OF INTERESTS. Neither the Trustee, the Employer nor any
        other named fiduciary in any way guarantees the Trust Fund from loss or
        depreciation, nor do they guarantee any payment to any person. The
        liability of the Trustee, the Employer and a named fiduciary to make any
        payments hereunder is limited to the available assets of the Trust Fund.

13.3    EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. The Plan is not a contract of employment. 
        Participation in the Plan will not give any Participant the right to be
        retained in the Employer's employ, nor any right or claim to any benefit
        under the Plan, unless the right or claim has specifically accrued under
        the


                                    Page 85
<PAGE>   127

        Plan.

13.4    INTERPRETATIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS. To the extent permitted by law, an
        interpretation of the Plan and a decision on any matter within a named
        fiduciary's discretion made in good faith is binding on all persons. A
        misstatement or other mistake of fact shall be corrected when it becomes
        known and the person responsible shall make such adjustment on account
        thereof as he or she considers equitable and practicable.

13.5    UNIFORM RULES.  In the administration of the Plan, uniform rules will be
        applied to all Participants similarly situated.

13.6    EVIDENCE.  Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by
        certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person
        acting on it considers pertinent and reliable and signed, made or
        presented by the proper party or parties.

13.7    WAIVER OF NOTICE. Any notice required under the Plan may be waived by
        the person entitled to notice.

13.8    CONTROLLING LAW. The law of the state where the Trustee is located shall
        be the controlling state law in all matters relating to the Plan and
        shall apply to the extent that it is not preempted by the laws of the
        United States of America.

13.9    TAX EXEMPTION OF TRUST. The trust herein created is designated as
        constituting a part of a Plan intended to qualify under Sections 401(a)
        of the Code and to be tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.

13.10   COUNTERPARTS. The Plan may be executed in two or more counterparts, any
        one of which will be an original without reference to the others.

13.11   ANNUAL STATEMENT OF ACCOUNT. The assets of the Trust Fund will be valued
        annually at fair market as of the last day of each Plan Year. On such
        date the earning and losses of the Trust Fund will be allocated to each
        Participant's accounts in the ratio that such account balance bears to
        all account balances.  The Trustee will deliver to the Employer a
        statement of each Participant's account balances as of the last day of
        Plan Year.

13.12   NO DUTY TO INQUIRE. No person shall have any duty to make any inquiry as
        to the application or use of the Trust Fund, or any part thereof, or to
        inquire into the validity, expediency or propriety of any matter or
        thing done or proposed to be done by the Trustee.

13.13   INVALIDITY. In case any provisions of this Plan shall be invalid, this
        fact shall not affect the validity of any other provision.

13.14   TITLES. Titles to Articles and Sections are for convenience only and
        shall have no bearing upon the construction or interpretation of this
        Plan.

13.15   NO DUTY OF TRUSTEE TO COLLECT CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Trustee shall be
        accountable for all contributions received but shall have no duty to
        require any contributions to be delivered or to


                                    Page 86
<PAGE>   128

        determine if the contributions received comply with the Plan or with any
        Board of Directors resolution of the Employer providing for
        contributions.

13.16   TRUSTEE DISTRIBUTES BY COMMITTEE DIRECTION. The Trustee shall make
        distributions only through Committee direction. The Trustee shall have
        no responsibility to see how distributions are applied or to ascertain
        whether the Committee's directions comply with the Plan.
        Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, payments made in
        accordance with these provisions will continue only so long as amounts
        remain in the Participant's accounts.

                                  ARTICLE XIV
                            AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

14.1    AMENDMENT BY THE SPONSOR. Society National Bank, the sponsoring
        organization, reserves the right without being required to obtain the
        approval of the Employer to amend any part of the Plan from time to
        time, subject to the provisions of Article XII, Section 14.2 and the
        following:

        (A)     Except as provided in Section 14.1(B) and (C), no amendment
                shall become effective until at least thirty (30) days' prior
                written notice (unless the Employer agrees to shorter notice)
                has been given to the Employer, nor shall any such amendment
                reduce Participants' benefits to less than the benefits to which
                they would have been entitled if they had resigned from the
                employ of the Employer on the effective date of the amendment;

        (B)     An amendment of the Plan and Trust which the sponsor deems
                necessary to enable the Plan and Trust to meet the requirements
                of Section 401(a) of the Code may be made effective as of the
                date the Plan and Trust was established by the sponsor or as of
                any subsequent date;

        (C)     An amendment of the Plan and Trust to conform the Plan and Trust
                to any change in the law, regulations or rulings of the United
                States may take effect as of the date such amendment is required
                to be effective.  Any amendment executed pursuant to the
                provisions of this Section 14.1 shall be executed by an
                authorized officer of the sponsor, or its successor. For
                purposes of this Section 14.1, the Employer shall be deemed to
                have been furnished a copy of any amendment on the business day
                next following the mailing by the sponsor or the Trustee.

14.2    AMENDMENT BY ADOPTING EMPLOYER. The Employer may (1) change the choice
        of options in the Adoption Agreement, (2) add overriding language in the
        Adoption Agreement when such language is necessary to satisfy Section
        415 or Section 416 of the Code because of the required aggregation of
        multiple plans, and (3) add certain model amendments published by the
        Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their adoption
        will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed.  An
        Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver
        of the minimum funding requirement under Section 412(d) of the Code,
        will no longer participate in this Master or Prototype Plan and will be
        considered to have an individually designed Plan.

14.3    VESTING - PLAN TERMINATION. In the event of termination or partial
        termination of the Plan, the


                                    Page 87
<PAGE>   129

        account balance of each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable.

14.4    VESTING - COMPLETE DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS.   In the event of a
        complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan, the account
        balance of each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable.

14.5    PLAN MERGER - MAINTENANCE OF BENEFIT. In the event of a merger or
        consolidation with, or transfer of assets to any other Plan, each 
        Participant will receive a benefit immediately after the merger, 
        consolidation or transfer (if the Plan then terminated) which is at 
        least equal to the benefit the Participant was entitled to immediately 
        before such merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had then 
        terminated).

14.6    DIRECT TRANSFER. In its discretion, the Trustee may accept the direct
        transfer of Plan assets from the trustee of other retirement plans
        described in Code Section 401(a). If the Plan receives a direct transfer
        of elective deferrals (or amounts treated as elective deferrals) under a
        Plan with a Code Section 401(k) arrangement, the distribution
        restrictions of Code Sections 401(k)(2) and (10) continue to apply to
        those transferred elective deferrals.

14.7    TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION BY EMPLOYER. The Employer expects to
        continue its participation in this Plan indefinitely but reserves the
        right to terminate this Plan as to its Employees at any time by written
        instrument filed with the Trustee. In the event of such termination,
        partial termination or complete discontinuance of contributions, or
        termination as provided in Section 13.3, the account balance of each
        affected Participant will be nonforfeitable. Distribution to
        Participants who have theretofore become entitled to the payment of any
        benefits hereunder or to Spouses or Beneficiaries of deceased
        Participants shall be made in the same manner as if the Employer's
        participation had not terminated or contributions had not been
        discontinued.

        The account(s) of each such Participant, in the event of payment in
        other than a single sum, need not be converted into cash, but may
        continue to remain in the trust, with a right and obligation thereafter
        to participate in the net earnings, losses, taxes and expenses of the
        trust.

        If any Participant shall die after the termination of the Employer's
        participation and before all of said Participant's interest has been
        paid, then, upon the written direction of Employer, the entire
        undistributed portion shall be paid in a single sum to the Participant's
        Beneficiary.

        In the event of complete discontinuance of contributions, the Employer
        shall terminate this Plan as to its Employees and each Participant's
        interest shall be distributed to such Participant.

14.8    NOTICE OF AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR PARTIAL TERMINATION.  The Committee
        will notify affected Participants of an amendment, termination or
        partial termination of the Plan within a reasonable time.

14.9    SUBSTITUTION OF TRUSTEE.  Any corporation or association into which the
        Trustee may be converted, merged or with which it may be consolidated,
        or any corporation or association resulting from any conversion, merger,
        reorganization or consolidation to which the Trustee may be a party,
        shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution or
        filing of any instrument or the performance of any further act.

                                    Page 88
<PAGE>   130

                                   ARTICLE XV
                       DISCHARGE OF DUTIES BY FIDUCIARIES

15.1    DISCHARGE OF DUTIES. Subject to the provisions of Articles IX and X, the
        Named Fiduciaries and any other fiduciary shall discharge their
        respective duties set forth in the Plan solely in the interest of the
        Participants and their Spouses and Beneficiaries and:

        (A)     for the exclusive purpose of:

                (i)     providing benefits to Participants and their Spouses and
                        Beneficiaries; and

                (ii)    defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;

        (B)     with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the
                circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a
                like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the
                conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims;
                and

        (C)     by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize
                the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is
                clearly prudent not to do so.

                                  ARTICLE XVI
                  AMENDMENT AND CONTINUATION OF ORIGINAL PLAN

16.1    AMENDMENT AND CONTINUATION. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing
        provisions of the Plan to the contrary, an Employer which has previously
        established a profit sharing Plan and trust or money purchase pension
        Plan and trust, as applicable, (the "Original Plan") may, in accordance
        with the provisions of the Original Plan, amend and continue that Plan
        in the form of this Plan and Trust and become an Employer hereunder,
        subject to the following:

        (A)     Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, each
                person who is a Participant or former Participant under the
                Original Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date of the
                amendment and continuation thereof in the form of this Plan will
                continue as a Participant under this Plan;

        (B)     The words "Original Plan" shall be substituted for the word
                "Plan" where the word appears in Section 2.2 of the Plan;

        (C)     No election may be made in the Adoption Agreement if such
                election will reduce the benefits of a Participant under the
                Original Plan to less than the benefits to which he would have
                been entitled if he had resigned from the employ of the Employer
                on the date of the amendment and continuation of the Original
                Plan in the form of this Plan;

        (D)     The amounts, if any, credited to a Participant's or former
                Participant's accounts, immediately prior to the Effective Date
                of the amendment and continuation of the Original Plan in the
                form of this Plan shall constitute the opening balances in his
                or her accounts, as appropriate, under this Plan and Trust;

                                    Page 89
<PAGE>   131

        (E)     Amounts being paid to a former Participant or Beneficiary in
                accordance with the provisions of the Original Plan shall
                continue to be paid in accordance with such provisions; and

        (F)     Any Beneficiary designation in effect under the Original Plan
                immediately before its amendment and continuation in the form of
                this Plan shall be deemed to be a valid Beneficiary designation
                filed with the Employer under Section 7.7 of this Plan, to the
                extent consistent with the provisions of this Plan, unless and
                until the Participant or former Participant revokes such
                Beneficiary designation or makes a new Beneficiary designation
                under this Plan.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, KeyCorp has established this prototype Plan as of 
the 24th day of March, 1995.

                                KeyCorp

                                By: /s/ Edward J. Tognetti
                                    ----------------------------
                                Title: Senior Vice President
                                       -------------------------






                                    Page 90



<PAGE>   1
                                                                  Exhibit 23.1









                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation by
reference in this Registration Statement of our reports dated April 11, 1996
and August 23, 1996, respectively, included in the Fabri-Centers of America,
Inc. Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 27, 1996 and Form 11-K for the
Plan year ended December 31, 1995 and to all references to our firm in this
Registration Statement.


/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP


Arthur Andersen LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
September 9, 1996

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   Exhibit 24.1

                         FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


                The undersigned, an officer or director, or both an officer and 
director of Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. (the "Company"), an Ohio 
corporation, which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, a Registration Statement on Form S-8, with respect to the 
issuance of 450,000 Class A Common Shares, without par value, and 450,000 Class 
B Common Shares, without par value, of the Company which will be issued and 
sold pursuant to the Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. Employees' Savings and 
Profit-Sharing  Plan (the "Plan") (or under a new employee 401(k) plan which 
may be adopted), hereby constitutes and appoints Alan Rosskamm and Robert R. 
Gerber, and each of them, as attorney for the undersigned, with full power of 
substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place, and stead of the 
undersigned, to sign and file the proposed Registration Statement and any and 
all amendments, post-effective amendments, and exhibits thereto, and any and 
all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission pertaining to such securities or such registration with 
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things 
whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in the premises, hereby ratifying 
and approving the acts of such attorney or any such substitute or substitutes.

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set 
his or her hand as of August 30, 1996.


                                /s/  Alan Rosskamm
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Alan Rosskamm
<PAGE>   2
                         FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


                The undersigned, an officer or director, or both an officer and 
director of Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. (the "Company"), an Ohio 
corporation, which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, a Registration Statement on Form S-8, with respect to the 
issuance of 450,000 Class A Common Shares, without par value, and 450,000 Class 
B Common Shares, without par value, of the Company which will be issued and 
sold pursuant to the Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. Employees' Savings and 
Profit-Sharing  Plan (the "Plan") (or under a new employee 401(k) plan which 
may be adopted), hereby constitutes and appoints Alan Rosskamm and Robert R. 
Gerber, and each of them, as attorney for the undersigned, with full power of 
substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place, and stead of the 
undersigned, to sign and file the proposed Registration Statement and any and 
all amendments, post-effective amendments, and exhibits thereto, and any and 
all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission pertaining to such securities or such registration with 
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things 
whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in the premises, hereby ratifying 
and approving the acts of such attorney or any such substitute or substitutes.

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set 
his or her hand as of August 30, 1996.


                                /s/  Robert R. Gerber
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Robert R. Gerber
<PAGE>   3
                         FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


                The undersigned, an officer or director, or both an officer and 
director of Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. (the "Company"), an Ohio 
corporation, which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, a Registration Statement on Form S-8, with respect to the 
issuance of 450,000 Class A Common Shares, without par value, and 450,000 Class 
B Common Shares, without par value, of the Company which will be issued and 
sold pursuant to the Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. Employees' Savings and 
Profit-Sharing  Plan (the "Plan") (or under a new employee 401(k) plan which 
may be adopted), hereby constitutes and appoints Alan Rosskamm and Robert R. 
Gerber, and each of them, as attorney for the undersigned, with full power of 
substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place, and stead of the 
undersigned, to sign and file the proposed Registration Statement and any and 
all amendments, post-effective amendments, and exhibits thereto, and any and 
all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission pertaining to such securities or such registration with 
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things 
whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in the premises, hereby ratifying 
and approving the acts of such attorney or any such substitute or substitutes.

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set 
his or her hand as of August 29, 1996.


                                /s/  Betty Rosskamm
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Betty Rosskamm

<PAGE>   4
                         FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


                The undersigned, an officer or director, or both an officer and 
director of Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. (the "Company"), an Ohio 
corporation, which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, a Registration Statement on Form S-8, with respect to the 
issuance of 450,000 Class A Common Shares, without par value, and 450,000 Class 
B Common Shares, without par value, of the Company which will be issued and 
sold pursuant to the Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. Employees' Savings and 
Profit-Sharing  Plan (the "Plan") (or under a new employee 401(k) plan which 
may be adopted), hereby constitutes and appoints Alan Rosskamm and Robert R. 
Gerber, and each of them, as attorney for the undersigned, with full power of 
substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place, and stead of the 
undersigned, to sign and file the proposed Registration Statement and any and 
all amendments, post-effective amendments, and exhibits thereto, and any and 
all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission pertaining to such securities or such registration with 
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things 
whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in the premises, hereby ratifying 
and approving the acts of such attorney or any such substitute or substitutes.

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set 
his or her hand as of August 29, 1996.


                                /s/  Alma Zimmerman
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Alma Zimmerman
<PAGE>   5
                         FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


                The undersigned, an officer or director, or both an officer and 
director of Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. (the "Company"), an Ohio 
corporation, which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, a Registration Statement on Form S-8, with respect to the 
issuance of 450,000 Class A Common Shares, without par value, and 450,000 Class 
B Common Shares, without par value, of the Company which will be issued and 
sold pursuant to the Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. Employees' Savings and 
Profit-Sharing  Plan (the "Plan") (or under a new employee 401(k) plan which 
may be adopted), hereby constitutes and appoints Alan Rosskamm and Robert R. 
Gerber, and each of them, as attorney for the undersigned, with full power of 
substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place, and stead of the 
undersigned, to sign and file the proposed Registration Statement and any and 
all amendments, post-effective amendments, and exhibits thereto, and any and 
all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission pertaining to such securities or such registration with 
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things 
whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in the premises, hereby ratifying 
and approving the acts of such attorney or any such substitute or substitutes.

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set 
his or her hand as of September 3, 1996.


                                /s/  Scott Cowen
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Scott Cowen

<PAGE>   6
                         FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


                The undersigned, an officer or director, or both an officer and 
director of Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. (the "Company"), an Ohio 
corporation, which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, a Registration Statement on Form S-8, with respect to the 
issuance of 450,000 Class A Common Shares, without par value, and 450,000 Class 
B Common Shares, without par value, of the Company which will be issued and 
sold pursuant to the Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. Employees' Savings and 
Profit-Sharing  Plan (the "Plan") (or under a new employee 401(k) plan which 
may be adopted), hereby constitutes and appoints Alan Rosskamm and Robert R. 
Gerber, and each of them, as attorney for the undersigned, with full power of 
substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place, and stead of the 
undersigned, to sign and file the proposed Registration Statement and any and 
all amendments, post-effective amendments, and exhibits thereto, and any and 
all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission pertaining to such securities or such registration with 
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things 
whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in the premises, hereby ratifying 
and approving the acts of such attorney or any such substitute or substitutes.

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set 
his or her hand as of August 30, 1996.


                                /s/  Ira Gumberg
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Ira Gumberg

<PAGE>   7
                         FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


                The undersigned, an officer or director, or both an officer and 
director of Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. (the "Company"), an Ohio 
corporation, which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, a Registration Statement on Form S-8, with respect to the 
issuance of 450,000 Class A Common Shares, without par value, and 450,000 Class 
B Common Shares, without par value, of the Company which will be issued and 
sold pursuant to the Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. Employees' Savings and 
Profit-Sharing  Plan (the "Plan") (or under a new employee 401(k) plan which 
may be adopted), hereby constitutes and appoints Alan Rosskamm and Robert R. 
Gerber, and each of them, as attorney for the undersigned, with full power of 
substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place, and stead of the 
undersigned, to sign and file the proposed Registration Statement and any and 
all amendments, post-effective amendments, and exhibits thereto, and any and 
all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission pertaining to such securities or such registration with 
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things 
whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in the premises, hereby ratifying 
and approving the acts of such attorney or any such substitute or substitutes.

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set 
his or her hand as of August 29, 1996.


                                /s/  Samuel Krasney
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Samuel Krasney

<PAGE>   8
                         FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


                The undersigned, an officer or director, or both an officer and 
director of Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. (the "Company"), an Ohio 
corporation, which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, a Registration Statement on Form S-8, with respect to the 
issuance of 450,000 Class A Common Shares, without par value, and 450,000 Class 
B Common Shares, without par value, of the Company which will be issued and 
sold pursuant to the Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. Employees' Savings and 
Profit-Sharing  Plan (the "Plan") (or under a new employee 401(k) plan which 
may be adopted), hereby constitutes and appoints Alan Rosskamm and Robert R. 
Gerber, and each of them, as attorney for the undersigned, with full power of 
substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place, and stead of the 
undersigned, to sign and file the proposed Registration Statement and any and 
all amendments, post-effective amendments, and exhibits thereto, and any and 
all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission pertaining to such securities or such registration with 
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things 
whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in the premises, hereby ratifying 
and approving the acts of such attorney or any such substitute or substitutes.

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set 
his or her hand as of August 30, 1996.


                                /s/  Frank Newman
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Frank Newman
<PAGE>   9
                         FABRI-CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


                The undersigned, an officer or director, or both an officer and 
director of Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. (the "Company"), an Ohio 
corporation, which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, a Registration Statement on Form S-8, with respect to the 
issuance of 450,000 Class A Common Shares, without par value, and 450,000 Class 
B Common Shares, without par value, of the Company which will be issued and 
sold pursuant to the Fabri-Centers of America, Inc. Employees' Savings and 
Profit-Sharing  Plan (the "Plan") (or under a new employee 401(k) plan which 
may be adopted), hereby constitutes and appoints Alan Rosskamm and Robert R. 
Gerber, and each of them, as attorney for the undersigned, with full power of 
substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place, and stead of the 
undersigned, to sign and file the proposed Registration Statement and any and 
all amendments, post-effective amendments, and exhibits thereto, and any and 
all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission pertaining to such securities or such registration with 
full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things 
whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in the premises, hereby ratifying 
and approving the acts of such attorney or any such substitute or substitutes.

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set 
his or her hand as of August 30, 1996.


                                /s/  Gregg Searle
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Gregg Searle



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission